Compare commits

..
109 Commits
Author SHA1 Message Date
Diogo Franco (Kovensky) 5ccd91d639 Fix typo... 2015-02-26 17:20:01 +09:00
Diogo Franco (Kovensky) 37bf8de258 Release 0.8.1 2015-02-26 11:08:23 +09:00
wm4 2d3e4fb1b9 cache: use MPCLAMP() macro
(cherry picked from commit e85bcc1223)
2015-02-26 11:03:15 +09:00
wm4 78cd25388c cache: limit to file size
Saves some memory. Should be especially helpful if many small files are
loaded, like when mass-loading subtitle files and the cache is enabled.

(cherry picked from commit 899f0cd51e)
2015-02-26 11:03:08 +09:00
Stefano Pigozzi 32f0adaeae remove dead comment
(cherry picked from commit f3eb6ae783)
2015-02-26 11:02:44 +09:00
Stefano Pigozzi 70a7d9d2c5 build: move QuartzCore linking to the cocoa check
It's needed for the DisplayLink functions so it must be enabled for the basic
cocoa code.

(cherry picked from commit 8e80b3fd2f)
2015-02-26 11:02:38 +09:00
wm4 cf14511b1d demux_mkv_timeline: fix potential issue when enabling cache
If the cache is enabled, the demuxer is closed and opened again (because
currently, the cache can not be enabled atfer data was already read).
The call for opening a new demuxer uses the same params struct, which
references the ctx->uids array. But there is a MP_TARRAY_GROW()
invocation somewhere on the way, which can reallocate the ctx->uids
array, making params.uids a dangling pointer.

This issue probably existed for a longer time, probably since 5cd33853
(slightly more obvious since f50b105d).

(cherry picked from commit 9349cfca91)
2015-02-26 11:01:25 +09:00
wm4 a6d57d654a demux_mkv_timeline: move uids array to context too
Again removes some indirections and extra arguments.

Also replace some memcpy/memmoves with assignments. (Assignments became
possible only later, when reference UIDs were turned into a struct.)

(cherry picked from commit 02bd54c0ac)
2015-02-26 10:45:42 +09:00
wm4 63671a4fbb demux_mkv_timeline: pass sources array as part of context
Removes tripple pointer indirections and such.

(cherry picked from commit 2bf0a5f2bc)
2015-02-26 10:40:35 +09:00
wm4 8ace70cfa6 demux_mkv: minor refactor for deferred cue reading
Should behave about the same, but reduces code some duplication with
seeking and reading a header element pointed to by a SeekHead. It also
makes behavior with incomplete files slightly better.

(cherry picked from commit 2e23be5a7b)
2015-02-26 10:39:02 +09:00
wm4 1e0edb3e6f demux_mkv: don't spam too many warnings with partial files
Limit it to a single message. It often printed more than that, and in
some cases (old files with "cluster" index), spammed a lot.

(cherry picked from commit a761a1531a)
2015-02-26 10:38:53 +09:00
Diogo Franco (Kovensky) 4ed46bfa25 Update RELEASE_NOTES 2015-02-25 15:26:03 +09:00
Diogo Franco (Kovensky) 423d47130a Fix compilation
Broken by unchecked cherry-picking of 53867aa.
2015-02-25 11:16:18 +09:00
Niklas Haas 7a02593dc4 vo_opengl: greatly increase smoothmotion performance
Instead of rendering and upscaling each video frame on every vsync, this
version of the algorithm only draws them once and caches the result,
so the only operation that has to run on every vsync is a cheap linear
interpolation, plus CMS/dithering.

On my machine, this is a huge speedup for 24 Hz content (on a 60 Hz
monitor), up to 120% faster. (The speedup is not quite 250% because of
the overhead that the larger FBOs and CMS provides)

In terms of the implementation, this commit basically swaps
interpolation and upscaling - upscaling is moved to inter_program, and
interpolation is moved to the final_program.

Furthermore, the main bulk of the frame rendering logic (upscaling etc.)
was moved to a separete function, which is called from
gl_video_interpolate_frame only if it's actually necessarily, and
skipped otherwise.

(cherry picked from commit 010cf183fe)
2015-02-25 11:10:27 +09:00
Niklas Haas 220d28b902 manpage: update documentation for smoothmotion
Hopefully, this will really clear up how the thing is supposed to work
(and that it's not SVP, nor MVTools).

I also removed instances of the word "interpolation", since that's a
term that's easily misleading.

Finally, I expanded on smoothmotion-threshold since the purpose/meaning
was a bit confusing.

(cherry picked from commit 9fa73b6f64)
2015-02-25 11:10:01 +09:00
wm4 ff10bd65d6 osd: force alignment for OSD bar
Overwrite the alignment applied by the OSD style. Additionally, remove
the initialization of the Alignment field in create_ass_track(); the
value is always overwritten by mp_ass_set_style() later.

Fixes #1626.

(cherry picked from commit 53641a689d)
2015-02-25 11:09:20 +09:00
wm4 e2895e9684 osd: always reset style params
There was some logic to set certain things on init only. Not sure why
this was done (saving some cheap calculations?) - but since the next
call would override these style settings by applying the usual subtitle
style, I don't think this was intended.

(cherry picked from commit 9fbcb56bee)
2015-02-25 11:09:10 +09:00
wm4 83be06c0ad vo_opengl: another GLES2 issue
GLES2 randomly does not support the transpose parameter in matrix
uniform calls. So we have to do this manually. Sure it was worth to
mutilate the standard just so all these shitty SoC vendors can safe 3
lines of code.

(Obviously trying to handle all of GLES2 to GL 4.x in a single codebase
was a mistake.)

(cherry picked from commit cc011415ff)
2015-02-25 11:08:53 +09:00
wm4 fd7077ade9 vo_opengl: extend ifdef against shader arrays
GLES2 shaders do not have line continuation characters. Abuse the
HAVE_ARRAYS define to exclude code which uses arrays, and which also
happens to cover all code that defines multi-line macros. (So yes, this
is a hack.)

(cherry picked from commit 2c8d16d89f)
2015-02-25 11:08:39 +09:00
wm4 d40ccc3416 old-build: proper atomics are not strictly required
(cherry picked from commit a92cab736f)
2015-02-25 11:08:27 +09:00
wm4 57f5ad445d video: remove redundant codec parameters
Remove coded_width and coded_height. This was originally added in commit
fd7dde40, when BITMAPINFOHEADER was killed. The separate fields became
redundant in commit e68f4be1. Remove them (nothing passed to the
decoders actually changes with _this_ commit).

(cherry picked from commit 5baf74fa24)
2015-02-25 11:08:15 +09:00
wm4 a5458a624d ytdl: add --no-warnings
Silences "[ytdl_hook] WARNING: video doesn't have subtitles", which was
an annoying and pointless message printed with almost all youtube
videos.

(cherry picked from commit 7cff2e4131)
2015-02-25 11:01:05 +09:00
Jaime Marquínez Ferrándiz edf0b93703 ytdl: Adapt to new subtitles structure
The requested formats can be sorted by preference and the result gives now an url or the subtitles file content

(cherry picked from commit 7281a72fab)
2015-02-25 11:00:55 +09:00
Kevin Mitchell 6bf46eae23 ao/wasapi: move resume to audio thread
This echanges the two events hForceFeed/hFeedDone for hResume. This
like the last commit makes things more deterministic.

Importantly, the forcefeed is only done if there is not already a full
buffer yet to be played by the device. This should fix some of the
problems with exclusive mode.

This commit also removes the necessity to have a proxy to the
AudioClient object in the main thread.

fixes #1529

(cherry picked from commit c52833bf16)
2015-02-25 10:59:25 +09:00
Kevin Mitchell 774e818371 ao_wasapi: move reset into audio thread
This makes things a bit more deterministic. It ensures that the audio
thread isn't doing anything between IAudioClient_Stop(),
IAudioClient_Reset() and setting the sample_count to 0.

Buffer overfilling on resume is still a problem in exclusive mode (see
next commit).

(cherry picked from commit 446fd5a43a)
2015-02-25 10:59:19 +09:00
wm4 352c00fd08 encoding: allow encoding to channel configurations other than stereo
A while ago, we made mpv output the native number of channels by
default, instead of stereo. I assumed this was not wanted for encode
mode.

This commit keeps the assumption, but allows setting the number of audio
output channels at all, instead of always forcing stereo. (Pretty much a
hack.)

(cherry picked from commit 636d6d724d)
2015-02-25 10:51:05 +09:00
wm4 589b38c187 vf: fix indentation level of verbose output
Just so that it has the same indentation as the extremely similar audio
filter output.

(cherry picked from commit 24e7280178)
2015-02-25 10:50:50 +09:00
wm4 62bc8442be DOCS/client_api_examples/simple: fix option
"input-x11-keyboard" still works, but is a deprecated alias with the
same functionality.

(cherry picked from commit cf395e1754)
2015-02-25 10:50:39 +09:00
wm4 0edd08a1f6 client API: hint that opengl_cb is an alternative to window embedding
(cherry picked from commit d77fdc8f82)
2015-02-25 10:50:31 +09:00
Niklas Haas 7f5378680b vo_opengl: slightly improve ewa_lanczos windowing
The original filter window was design for a radius based on the true
zero, but we always cut it off at our selection of radius either way (by
necessity, due to the square matrix we sample from).

This window is tweaked from the original (true radius) to our actual
cut-off radius, and hence improves the result in a few edge cases. The
main win is the reduction of code complexity, since we no longer need to
know what the true radius actually is.

(cherry picked from commit 1ecd9727f0)
2015-02-25 10:50:16 +09:00
wm4 4753a92b80 player: fix demuxer lifetime management
Commit f54220d9 attempted to improve this, but it got worse. Now there
was a crash when ytdl_hook.lua added external tracks. This happened
because close_unused_demuxers() assumed that sources[0] was the main
demuxer (so that it didn't close it). This assumption failed, because
the ytdl script can add external tracks before the main file is loaded.
The easy fix would have been to check for master_demuxer, and not i==0.
But instead give up on the old idea, make some stricter assumptions how
demuxers and external tracks map, and simplify the code.

(cherry picked from commit 53867aa9d8)
2015-02-24 12:16:00 +09:00
Stefano Pigozzi 584a27e3b8 build: print pkg-config query on failure
(cherry picked from commit 0466ce2f98)
2015-02-24 12:13:05 +09:00
wm4 b4abc0a037 manpage: ipc: add a socat example
Requested, and should be quite good at giving an overview how it works.

(cherry picked from commit af435e0a02)
2015-02-24 12:12:34 +09:00
wm4 192318a216 video: un-discourage "vaapi-copy" hwdec mode
Maybe I don't know what I'm doing. I'm fairly certain though that Intel
does not know what they're doing.

(cherry picked from commit d71bbcbc98)
2015-02-21 21:00:50 +09:00
wm4 822e6e0dd1 player: move timeline scanning (ordered chapters etc.) to a thread
Do timeline building (scanning & opening reference files for ordered
chapters, and more) in a thread. As a result, this process can actually
be stopped without having to kill the player.

This is pretty simple: just reuse the demuxer opening thread. We have
to give up on the idea that open_demux_reentrant() is reusable, though.

(Althoughthe timeline readers still need some fixes before they react to
the quit request.)

(cherry picked from commit 44411674eb)
2015-02-21 20:49:50 +09:00
wm4 45b63c78cd player: cosmetics: async/non-blocking -> reentrant
These functions do blocking work on a separate thread, but wait until
they return. So they are not async or non-blocking. But they do react to
user-input and client API accesses, which makes them reentrant.

(cherry picked from commit 2c305d5b29)
2015-02-21 20:49:32 +09:00
wm4 de47273716 stream_file: open pipes non-blocking
Now the player can actually be quit if a pipe was opened, but nobody is
writing to it.

(cherry picked from commit 3c9344a1a9)
2015-02-21 20:49:11 +09:00
wm4 7ace4f2115 vo_opengl: minor robustness improvement in function loader
Check the scanf() return value, and don't continue if it doesn't find
both numbers (can happen with GLES 1.0). Also, some implementations can
return NULL from glGetString() if something is "broken".

(cherry picked from commit 9861abf8ff)
2015-02-21 20:48:43 +09:00
Niklas Haas f67dfcbec6 vo_opengl: fix smoothmotion coefficient calculation, for real this time
I've reworked pretty much all the logic to correspond to what the theory
actually describes. With this commit, playback is wonderfully smooth on
my machine.

(cherry picked from commit 4356e893a1)
2015-02-21 20:48:24 +09:00
wm4 6b9f7923af demux_lavf: apply hacks even if format is forced
Some of the hacks were not applied if the file format was forced. Commit
37a0c914 moved them to a table, which is checked with normal probing
only.

Fixes #1612 (DVD forces mpeg, which in turn has to export native stream
IDs specifically).

Do some code restructuring on the way. For example, the probescore can
simply be set to the correct initial value, instead of checking whether
it was set at all.

(cherry picked from commit 611f9ab0a8)
2015-02-21 20:48:15 +09:00
wm4 c36b1d01c1 manpage: fix vf_scale arnd parameter
It probably was always a flag, so the documentation became invalid as
soon as mpv stopped accepting 0/1 for flags.

Fixes #1608.

(cherry picked from commit b230f32624)
2015-02-21 20:47:55 +09:00
wm4 07222d14f9 build: fix Python 3 unicode issue with waf 1.8.6
Starting with waf 1.8.6 (in Python 3), the hcode variable isn't a
string, but a byte string.

This commit adds the solution proposed in the upstream waf bug report:
https://code.google.com/p/waf/issues/detail?id=1535

It seems a bit overly verbose, but on the other hand, this solution has
the chance of being most correct/compatible.

Fixes #1604.

(cherry picked from commit 14b231119d)
2015-02-19 19:33:49 +09:00
Diogo Franco (Kovensky) 28fbee7f03 Update RELEASE_NOTES 2015-02-19 13:44:57 +09:00
wm4 b3d2daaa1d demux_lavf: blacklist bintext files
Whatever the hell that is. FFmpeg tries to open any files with .bin file
extension with this demuxer (unless it finds a better demuxer), and then
reads the whole damn file, along with spamming dumb crap.

(cherry picked from commit 79006ef66d)
2015-02-19 13:39:39 +09:00
wm4 3437ea23f6 cache: silence "EOF reached" message
This message will be printed relatively often once EOF is reached. In
some cases this is rather annoying, for example when playing HLS. (With
HLS, the stream is just a playlist file, while libavformat opens actual
media files without mpv's knowledge, so the cache is completely useless
and hits EOF instantly.)

That it retries reading is apparently a good thing: at least local files
can grow, and even after the player got the EOF, playback _could_ be
resumed by basically polling and detecting that there is more data. So
I'm not changing this behavior yet.

(cherry picked from commit 3f5b5b758d)
2015-02-19 13:39:39 +09:00
wm4 16856994e9 demux_lavf: reorganize hacks
An attempt to make format-specifics more declarative. (In my opinion,
all of this should be either provided by libavformat, or should not be
needed.)

I'm still leaving many checks with matches_avinputformat_name(), because
they're so specific.

Also useful for the following commit.

(cherry picked from commit 37a0c9140a)
2015-02-19 13:39:39 +09:00
wm4 c22c440c9c demux_lavf: set interrupt_callback
Helps with terminating the stream if e.g. HLS streams are stuck. (For
other demuxers, the stream's interrupt callback already takes care of
this.)

(cherry picked from commit ff992e093b)
2015-02-19 13:39:39 +09:00
Jaime Marquínez Ferrándiz be42f4c212 find_subfiles: Add 'vtt' to subtitle extensions
(cherry picked from commit aa98049877)
2015-02-19 13:39:39 +09:00
wm4 1b5f127cb0 demux, matroska: remove demuxer type field
The Matroska timeline code was the only thing which still used the
demuxer.type field. This field explicitly identifies a demuxer
implementation. The purpose of the Matroska timeline code was to reject
files that are not Matroska. But it already forces the Matroska format,
meaning loading will explicitly only use the Matroska demuxer. If the
demuxer can't open the file, no other demuxer will be tried, and thus
checking the field is redundant.

The change in demux_mkv_timeline.c removes the if condition, and
unindents the if body.

(cherry picked from commit fa9b587426)
2015-02-19 13:39:39 +09:00
wm4 7ea82eb7bc demux: remove file_contents field
Only demux_cue and demux_edl used it. It's a weird field and doesn't
help with anything anymore - by now, it only saves a priv context in the
mentioned demuxers. Reducing the number of confusing things the demuxer
struct has is more important than minimizing the code.

(cherry picked from commit 082371a160)
2015-02-19 13:39:39 +09:00
wm4 3be989dcd0 demux_edl: make independent from MPContext
(cherry picked from commit d7a4cb14ff)
2015-02-19 13:39:38 +09:00
wm4 0adc8ee5c1 demux_edl: move implementation
Same deal as with demux_cue, and a separate commit for the same reasons.

(cherry picked from commit 1e44c811f3)
2015-02-19 13:39:38 +09:00
wm4 55fe8aab6a demux_cue: make independent from MPContext
Also see previous commit(s).

(cherry picked from commit 10781c2a9c)
2015-02-19 13:39:38 +09:00
wm4 b2aa388f27 demux_cue: move implementation
Move the implementation, of which most was in tl_cue.c, to demux_cue.c.
Currently, this is illogical, because tl_cue.c still accesses MPContext.
This is going to change, and then it will be better if everything is in
demux_cue.c. This is only a separate commit to distinguish code movement
and actual work; the next commit will do the actual work.

(cherry picked from commit 7f03f46882)
2015-02-19 13:39:38 +09:00
wm4 fea1dc0cd5 demux: copy priv pointer too
Weird, but helps with the case a demuxer gets handed its own instance
from outside.

(cherry picked from commit f9872ab26f)
2015-02-19 13:39:38 +09:00
wm4 8161b47e73 matroska: move timeline code to demux/
Separate from previous commit, because git is bad at tracking file
renames when the file contents are also changed.

(cherry picked from commit edc0007e74)
2015-02-19 13:39:38 +09:00
wm4 f113e03b89 matroska: make timeline code independent of MPContext
(cherry picked from commit 5a186d5942)
2015-02-19 13:39:38 +09:00
wm4 630a7b7d82 player: use a separate context for timeline loader stuff
Instead of accessing MPContext in player/timeline/*, create a separate
context struct, which the timeline loaders fill out. It turns out that
there's not much in the way too big MPContext that these need to access.

One major PITA is managing (and closing) the set of open demuxers. The
problem is that we need a list of all demuxers to make sure no unneeded
streams are enabled.

This adds a callback to the demuxer_desc struct, with the intention of
leaving to to the demuxer to call the right loader, instead of
explicitly checking the demuxer type and dispatching manually in common
code. I also considered making the timeline part of the demuxer state,
but decided against: it's too much of a mess wrt. memory management and
threading, and also doesn't make it clear who owns the child demuxers.
With the struct timeline decoupled from the demuxer state, it's at least
somewhat clear that the child demuxers are independent from the "main"
demuxer.

The actual changes to player/timeline/* are separated in the following
commits, because they're quite verbose. Some artifacts will be removed
later as soon as there's only 1 timeline loading mechanism.

(cherry picked from commit a0a089f6a4)
2015-02-19 13:39:38 +09:00
wm4 a4e766a77f demux: chapters without metadata are allowed
Makes some of the following commits slightly simpler. Also fix a typo.

(cherry picked from commit 3efeee446e)
2015-02-19 13:39:38 +09:00
wm4 57deaa02d5 player: use a macro to remove an element from an array
Should be equivalent.

(cherry picked from commit 969edb9e0b)
2015-02-19 13:39:38 +09:00
wm4 a6accfdad7 player: actually close files when using sub_remove
Also effects some other cases.

The real reason for this is for keeping track of which demuxers can be
closed (see following commit). Since I don't want to use reference
counting for this, some sort of simplistic mark-and-sweep is done to
determine whether a demuxer is still needed.

(cherry picked from commit f54220d951)
2015-02-19 13:39:38 +09:00
wm4 8813fe090d DOCS/client-api-changes: mark 0.8.0 release
(There was a missing version bump for the msg-level change; just move it
under 1.14.)

(cherry picked from commit 0283815ee1)
2015-02-19 13:39:38 +09:00
wm4 72ba8515d5 demux_lavf: hack against hls showing "100%" position
The HLs protocol consists of a "playlist" main file, which mpv downloads
and passes to the HLS demuxer. The HLS demuxer actually requests segment
files containing media data on its own. The packets read from the
demuxer have a source file position set, but it's not from the main
file. This leads to a strange effect: as a last fallback, the player
will calculate the approximate playback position from the file
position/size ratio, and since the main file is tiny, this will always
show 100%. Fix this by resetting the packet file position.

This doesn't affect the case when HLS actually reports a duration.

(cherry picked from commit a64b1deaa6)
2015-02-19 13:39:38 +09:00
wm4 21f5d82dc5 etc/input.conf: remove a leftover
This is already mapped by default.

(cherry picked from commit 8b784fb1ca)
2015-02-19 13:24:59 +09:00
wm4 8c992458c3 vo_opengl: glsl: remove trailing \
This should be no problem... but it _might_ help with #1536, so it's
worth a try.

(cherry picked from commit 0063d94927)
2015-02-19 13:24:31 +09:00
wm4 40149c017c m_config: log options set by the client API too
(cherry picked from commit d34eabe286)
2015-02-19 13:24:09 +09:00
Diogo Franco (Kovensky) 0c9f10e0d1 Release v0.8.0 2015-02-17 14:06:06 +09:00
Diogo Franco (Kovensky) 5b0d06ca74 Fix typo in RELEASE_NOTES 2015-02-17 14:05:50 +09:00
Diogo Franco (Kovensky) a410451463 Fix typo on RELEASE_NOTES 2015-02-16 18:54:13 +09:00
Skyrainfit 3152eed6d8 mpv.desktop: Add zh-TW and zh-CN translations
(cherry picked from commit 31ac0574ad)
2015-02-16 18:45:05 +09:00
Diogo Franco (Kovensky) 02260882ce Bump VERSION to v0.8.0_rc3 2015-02-16 18:37:46 +09:00
Diogo Franco (Kovensky) cd5f0a8612 Update RELEASE_NOTES 2015-02-16 18:37:32 +09:00
wm4 23959eb5b4 osxbundle: config file special case isn't needed anymore
The previous commit effectively fixes the mess caused by 'config' vs.
'mpv.conf', and the hack introduced by commit e01a6dac and extended by
commit db167cd4 isn't needed anymore.

(cherry picked from commit 816d7bba1f)
2015-02-16 18:16:36 +09:00
wm4 21a95f5ed9 player: undeprecate 'config' files
Actually, it's pretty simple to look for multiple filenames at once,
since mp_find_all_config_files() is already a bit "special" anyway.

See #1569. Reverts most of commit db167cd4 (keeps osx-bundle.conf).

(cherry picked from commit a27aa68dd3)
2015-02-16 18:16:28 +09:00
wm4 6dc2a23cda vd_lavc: uninit the hwdec backend after closing the decoder
A recent behavior change in libavcodec's h264 decoder keeps at least 1
surface even after avcodec_flush_buffers() has been called. We used to
flush the decoder in order to make sure all surfaces are free'd, so that
the hw decoder can be safely uninitialized. This doesn't work anymore.

Fix it by closing the AVCodecContext before the hw decoder is
uninitialized. This is actually simpler and more robust. It seems to be
well-supported too.

Fixes invalid read accesses with vaapi-copy and dxva2-copy. These
destroyed the hwdec API fully on uninit, and could not deal with
surfaces surviving the decoder.

Probably fixes #1587.

(cherry picked from commit cf073138b2)
2015-02-16 18:15:20 +09:00
wm4 f94318babc x11: fix uninitialized variable reads
This line of code ended up in the wrong block in commit cd6dfcbe.

(cherry picked from commit f247294d73)
2015-02-16 18:15:05 +09:00
wm4 b476d21d0a client API: clarify filename string encoding
Admittedly, the behavior on Windows is not quite straightforward. The
behavior on the other platforms is equivalent to fopen().

Fixes #1585.

(cherry picked from commit a799a4c57f)
2015-02-16 18:14:10 +09:00
Stefano Pigozzi 16c7de4aab cocoa: remove unused function
(cherry picked from commit bf46f4c997)
2015-02-16 18:13:44 +09:00
Martin Herkt 8fdd688d48 x11: add XK_Cancel to the list of special keys
Some IR receivers emit this key by default for remote control
buttons. Make it mappable.

(cherry picked from commit 9aaec7cffb)
2015-02-16 18:13:36 +09:00
wm4 63304b95a1 Fix build on OSX broken by previous commit
Hopefully.

(cherry picked from commit 5247416735)
2015-02-16 18:13:29 +09:00
Julian f4263a811f vf_vapoursynth: add display refresh rate property
This value is not necessarily trustworthy (it might change) and can be
0.

(cherry picked from commit 349067a6ab)
2015-02-16 18:13:22 +09:00
wm4 a6bf8e7c36 x11: return a framerate even if no window is mapped
Falls back to the first display in the list returned by xrandr. Not
entirely correct, but makes some people happy (see #1575).

(cherry picked from commit cd6dfcbef4)
2015-02-16 18:13:15 +09:00
wm4 6488e77d8a player: deprecate 'config' files (use mpv.conf), warn against clashes
Apparently there's at least one distro which ships a /etc/mpv/mpv.conf
file (mpv doesn't install such a file). This breaks config files named
'config' located in the user's mpv config directory, because mpv first
loads files named 'config' and then 'mpv.conf'. There is no mechanism
for putting files with different names into the same config path order.
(Even worse, that mpv.conf file only set an option to the default value.
Why do distros always do very stupid things?)

Print a warning on collisions.

Although using 'config' was well-supported, supporting both names is
starting to become messy, so deprecate 'config' and print a warning if
one is found.

At least we will be able to remove the whole mess once 'config' files
are ignored...

This also affects the osx-bundle, which intentionally used these not-so-
optimal semantics. Solve it in a different way. (Unfortunately with an
ifdef - it's not required, but having to explain everyone why mpv tries
to load a osx-bundle.mpv file on Linux and Windows would consume
energy.)

Closes #1569.

(cherry picked from commit db167cd438)
2015-02-16 18:13:01 +09:00
wm4 34a856f465 command: mark get_property as deprecated
Using it just makes no sense. But we're really being nice about this and
don't remove it immediately.

(cherry picked from commit fd5403cb40)
2015-02-16 18:12:17 +09:00
wm4 db218a8d25 x11: make all XF86 special keys mappable
Makes all keys documented in XF86keysym.h mappable. This requires the
user to deal with numeric keycodes; no names are queried or exported.

This is an easy way to avoid adding all the hundreds of XF86 keys to
our X11 lookup table and mpv's keycode/name list.

(cherry picked from commit 417869f845)
2015-02-16 18:12:04 +09:00
wm4 e3064c3cb7 ipc: put playback core to sleep while dequeuing commands
Happens to fix #1581 due to an unfortunate interaction with the way the
VO does not react to commands for a while if a video frame is queued.
Slightly improves other situations as well, if the client spams mpv with
commands during playback.

(cherry picked from commit 32b56c56ba)
2015-02-16 18:11:52 +09:00
Stefano Pigozzi df4d15be7b vo_opengl: fix smoothmotion coefficient calculation
Using prev_pts as the start of the scale was plain wrong. Change it to
prev_vsync.

(cherry picked from commit 3931544ef3)
2015-02-16 18:09:45 +09:00
wm4 cb5adf4d72 cocoa: fix exiting the command line player
Commit e920a00eb assumed that terminate_cocoa_application() actually
would exit. But apparently that is not always the case; e.g. mpv --help
will just hang. The old code had a dummy exit(0), which was apparently
actually called. Fix by explicitly exiting if mpv_main() returns and
terminate_cocoa_application() does nothing.

(cherry picked from commit 9e14042e57)
2015-02-16 18:09:35 +09:00
wm4 440ba33639 encoding: fixed-vo option was removed
(cherry picked from commit 96547a810e)
2015-02-16 18:09:22 +09:00
wm4 e4eb9c5469 player: add a --loop=force mode
Requested. See manpage additions.

This also makes the magical loop_times constants slightly saner, but
shouldn't change the semantics of any existing --loop option values.

(cherry picked from commit aee0978d50)
2015-02-16 18:09:12 +09:00
wm4 4387919753 osx: move code to unset input context to the right place
Setting the input context is always called, both in cplayer and libmpv,
and under HAVE_COCOA. Unsetting the input context was done only the
cplayer uninit call. Also it was under HAVE_COCOA_APPLICATION, so it was
not unset in libmpv (dangling pointer).

(cherry picked from commit c59a4f12db)
2015-02-16 18:08:58 +09:00
wm4 94123474a4 osx: move cocoa specific call out of common code
This is almost equivalent, and gets rid of the ifdef.
2015-02-16 18:08:52 +09:00
wm4 50a7aac4d7 player: drop explicit exit() calls
The code in main.c calls exit() explicitly, but the code is actually
easier to follow by simply exiting from main() instead. The exit() call
in av_log.c happens only on severely broken builds, so replace it with
abort().

(Shuts up rpmlint warnings.)

(cherry picked from commit e920a00eba)
2015-02-16 18:08:38 +09:00
wm4 2051243a0f ao: set correct client name when listing devices
This is a small oversight. The client name (as set on command line
options or, more importantly, the client API) was not set when listing
devices e.g. via the "audio-device-list" property.

Might or might not fix #1578.

Also adjust the log level for an unrelated message.

(cherry picked from commit c152c59084)
2015-02-16 18:08:17 +09:00
Diogo Franco (Kovensky) a21d09d9f8 Update RELEASE_NOTES formatting 2015-02-13 13:27:38 +09:00
Diogo Franco (Kovensky) b95a0bfa77 Merge remote-tracking branch 'Cpuroast/release/0.8' into release/0.8
* Cpuroast/release/0.8:
  A few tweaks to the 0.80_rc2 release notes
2015-02-13 13:24:30 +09:00
Cpuroast 43f831b6ba A few tweaks to the 0.80_rc2 release notes
scale-radius=3 is the default, so use 2 as an example
Point out that ewa_lanczos (Jinc) is actually new.
2015-02-12 11:39:57 -05:00
wm4 b3eba216b7 Revert "player: make --force-window create the window immediately on start"
This reverts commit acc5e8f574.

As expected, some didn't like this. Others won't like this revert.
Whatever.

See #1561.

This should go into mpv 0.8.0 before it's released.

(cherry picked from commit 7bbc617019)
2015-02-12 21:39:10 +09:00
Diogo Franco (Kovensky) 0668c82da5 Bump version to v0.8.0_rc2 2015-02-12 21:23:45 +09:00
Diogo Franco (Kovensky) c1e8f3b479 Update RELEASE_NOTES 2015-02-12 13:31:03 +09:00
wm4 64a45f972c video/filters: simplify libavfilter bridge
Remove the confusing crap that allowed a filter using the libavfilter
bridge to be compiled without libavfilter. Instead, compile the wrappers
only if libavfilter is enabled at compile time.

The only filter which still requires it is vf_stereo3d (unfortunately).
Special-case this one. (The whole filter and how it interacts with lavfi
is pure braindeath anyway.)

(cherry picked from commit 2522bff565)
2015-02-12 09:53:43 +09:00
wm4 d4207c64e6 vf_noise: remove internal implementation
It requires libavfilter now, just like many other filters. Not sure if
it even makes sense to keep this wrapper.

(cherry picked from commit 73d23a9405)
2015-02-12 09:53:37 +09:00
wm4 abf1fc9a77 af: account for queued frames in audio position calculation
af_rubberband exposed this issue.

(cherry picked from commit d85aa35ffb)
2015-02-12 09:53:27 +09:00
Diogo Franco (Kovensky) da8e573b45 Bump version to -rc1 2015-02-12 00:06:37 +09:00
wm4 25c0097c67 dvb_tune: fix invalid syntax
Oops.
2015-02-11 23:59:35 +09:00
wm4 20d5efb419 audio: fix pool allocation
It reallocated the pool on every request, making the pool completely
useless. Oops.
2015-02-11 23:59:16 +09:00
Diogo Franco (Kovensky) a18b4b2b19 Add preliminary RELEASE_NOTES 2015-02-11 23:57:57 +09:00
wm4 a468e2869d manpage: fix af_scaletempo suggested commands 2015-02-11 23:55:12 +09:00
Diogo Franco (Kovensky) cb9975b942 Branch release/0.8, add -beta VERSION 2015-02-10 22:59:51 +09:00
690 changed files with 53163 additions and 76447 deletions

No files matched your search

-23
View File
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
### mpv version and platform
If you're not using git master or the latest release, update.
### Reproduction steps
### Expected behavior
### Actual behavior
### Log file
Make a log file made with -v or --log-file=output.txt, paste it to
http://sprunge.us or a similar site, and replace this text with a link to it.
Providing a log file is strongly encouraged. It is very helpful for reproducing
bugs or getting important technical context. Without a log it might not be
possible to analyze and fix certain bugs.
### Sample files
Sample files needed to reproduce this issue can be uploaded to https://0x0.st/
or similar sites. (Only needed if the issue cannot be reproduced without it.)
-7
View File
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
Ideally, you shouldn't need enter any text here, and your commit messages should
explain your changes sufficiently (especially why they are needed). Read
https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/contribute.md for coding
style and development conventions. Remove this text block, but if you haven't
agreed to it before, leave the following sentence in place:
I agree that my changes can be relicensed to LGPL 2.1 or later.
+1 -1
View File
@@ -14,12 +14,12 @@
/input/input_conf.h
/tags
/TAGS
/video/out/gl_video_shaders.h
/video/out/x11_icon.inc
/demux/ebml_defs.c
/demux/ebml_types.h
/sub/osd_font.h
/player/lua/*.inc
/player/builtin_conf.inc
/DOCS/man/mpv.1
/DOCS/man/mpv.aux
/DOCS/man/mpv.log
+3 -6
View File
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ language: c
os:
- linux
#- osx
# - osx
env:
matrix:
- LIBAV=libav-stable
@@ -12,8 +12,6 @@ env:
global:
# Coverity token
- secure: "H21mSRlMhk4BKS0xHZvCFGJxteCP0hRVUxTuNfM2Z9HBsyutuLEYMtViLO86VtM+Tqla3xXPzUdS4ozLwI72Ax/5ZUDXACROj73yW6QhFB5D6rLut12+FjqC7M33Qv2hl0xwgNBmR5dsm1ToP37+Wn+ecJQNvN8fkTXF+HVzOEw="
# Travis token for mpv.io
- secure: "nlTVLJK6kRhtXvhKCoJ3YdFGHuKaq/eHowfPw25hqRWuBOZd+HjHY5KIYjV7SxuKFDpJE4GpNcvA3Q31nsqomxpkLYgrwjg6TSazN7ZP+x85ZgV1QGFebrPfGm2n5UR5CAPAwFoeF3pZheLi4bajVzwq1fWW+x3grS188P9OZso="
compiler:
- clang
- gcc
@@ -39,18 +37,17 @@ matrix:
- os: linux
compiler: clang
before_install: TOOLS/travis-deps libass-stable $LIBAV
before_install: ./travis-deps libass-stable $LIBAV
script:
- ./bootstrap.py
- ./waf configure
- ./waf build
after_script: TOOLS/travis-rebuild-website
notifications:
email: false
irc:
channels:
- "irc.freenode.org#mpv-devel"
- "irc.freenode.org#mpv-player-dev"
on_success: change
on_failure: always
+2 -19
View File
@@ -2,17 +2,9 @@ mpv is a fork of mplayer2, which is a fork of MPlayer.
mpv as a whole is licensed as GPL version 2 or later (see LICENSE). Most source
files are GPLv2+, but some files are available under a more liberal license,
such as LGPLv2.1+, BSD, MIT, ISC, and possibly others. Look at the copyright
such as LGPLv2+, BSD, MIT, ISC, and possibly others. Look at the copyright
header of each source file, and grep the sources for "Copyright" if you need
to know details. C source files without Copyright notice are licensed as
LGPLv2.1+. Also see the list of files with specific licenses below (not all
files can have a standard license header).
All new contributions must be LGPLv2.1+ licensed, or if the changes are done on
GPL code, must come with the implicit agreement that the project can relicense
the code to LGPLv2.1+ at a later point without asking the contributor. (This
is a safeguard for making potential relicensing of the project to LGPLv2.1+
easier.) Using a more liberal license compatible to LGPLv2.1+ is also ok.
to know details. Files without Copyright notice are licensed as LGPLv2+.
For information about authors and contributors, consult the git log, which
contains the complete SVN and CVS history as well.
@@ -25,12 +17,3 @@ MPlayer as a whole is licensed under GPLv2 (incompatible to GPLv3!), because
some files are licensed to GPLv2 (and _not_ any later version of the license).
In particular, this affects the file libmpdemux/demux_ty_osd.c. It is disabled
under mplayer2, and has been removed from mpv.
"v2.1+" in this context means "version 2.1 or later".
Source files with specific licenses:
- everything under etc/ is unknown
- everything under DOCS/man/ is GPLv2+
- sub/osd_font.otf is LGPLv2.1+
- some tests under waftools/fragments/ might be GPLv2+
- version.sh is GPLv2+
+8 -86
View File
@@ -4,7 +4,9 @@ Introduction
This file lists all changes that can cause compatibility issues when using
mpv through the client API (libmpv and ``client.h``). Since the client API
interfaces to input handling (commands, properties) as well as command line
options, you should also look at ``interface-changes.rst``.
options, this list is interesting for other uses of mpv, such as the Lua
scripting interface, key bindings in ``input.rst``, or plain command line
usage.
Normally, changes to the C API that are incompatible to previous iterations
receive a major version bump (i.e. the first version number is increased),
@@ -18,92 +20,12 @@ The version number is the same as used for MPV_CLIENT_API_VERSION (see
Also, read the section ``Compatibility`` in ``client.h``.
Options, commands, properties
=============================
Changes to these are not listed here, but in ``interface-changes.rst``. (Before
client API version 1.17, they were listed here partially.)
This listing includes changes to the bare C API and behavior only, not what
you can access with them.
API changes
===========
::
--- mpv 0.25.0 ---
1.24 - add a MPV_ENABLE_DEPRECATED preprocessor symbol, which can be defined
by the user to exclude deprecated API symbols from the C headers
--- mpv 0.23.0 ---
1.24 - the deprecated mpv_suspend() and mpv_resume() APIs now do nothing.
--- mpv 0.22.0 ---
1.23 - deprecate setting "no-" options via mpv_set_option*(). For example,
instead of "no-video=" you should set "video=no".
- do not override the SIGPIPE signal handler anymore. This was done as
workaround for the FFmpeg TLS code, which has been fixed long ago.
- deprecate mpv_suspend() and mpv_resume(). They will be stubbed out
in mpv 0.23.0.
- make mpv_set_property() work to some degree before mpv_initialize().
It can now be used instead of mpv_set_option().
- semi-deprecate mpv_set_option()/mpv_set_option_string(). You should
use mpv_set_property() instead. There are some deprecated properties
which conflict with some options (see client.h remarks on
mpv_set_option()), for which mpv_set_option() might still be required.
In future mpv releases, the conflicting deprecated options/properties
will be removed, and mpv_set_option() will internally translate API
calls to mpv_set_property().
- qthelper.hpp: deprecate get_property_variant, set_property_variant,
set_option_variant, command_variant, and replace them with
get_property, set_property, command.
--- mpv 0.19.0 ---
1.22 - add stream_cb API for custom protocols
--- mpv 0.18.1 ---
---- - remove "status" log level from mpv_request_log_messages() docs. This
is 100% equivalent to "v". The behavior is still the same, thus no
actual API change.
--- mpv 0.18.0 ---
1.21 - mpv_set_property() changes behavior with MPV_FORMAT_NODE. Before this
change it rejected mpv_nodes with format==MPV_FORMAT_STRING if the
property was not a string or did not have special mechanisms in place
the function failed. Now it always invokes the option string parser,
and mpv_node with a basic data type works exactly as if the function
is invoked with that type directly. This new behavior is equivalent
to mpv_set_option().
This also affects the mp.set_property_native() Lua function.
- generally, setting choice options/properties with "yes"/"no" options
can now be set as MPV_FORMAT_FLAG
- reading a choice property as MPV_FORMAT_NODE will now return a
MPV_FORMAT_FLAG value if the choice is "yes" (true) or "no" (false)
This implicitly affects Lua and JSON IPC interfaces as well.
- big changes to vo-cmdline on vo_opengl and vo_opengl_hq (but not
vo_opengl_cb): options are now normally not reset, but applied on top
of the current options. The special undocumented value "-" still
works, but now resets all options to before any vo-cmdline command
has been called.
--- mpv 0.12.0 ---
1.20 - deprecate "GL_MP_D3D_interfaces"/"glMPGetD3DInterface", and introduce
"GL_MP_MPGetNativeDisplay"/"glMPGetNativeDisplay" (this is a
backwards-compatible rename)
--- mpv 0.11.0 ---
--- mpv 0.10.0 ---
1.19 - add "GL_MP_D3D_interfaces" pseudo extension to make it possible to
use DXVA2 in OpenGL fullscreen mode in some situations
- mpv_request_log_messages() now accepts "terminal-default" as parameter
1.18 - add MPV_END_FILE_REASON_REDIRECT, and change behavior of
MPV_EVENT_END_FILE accordingly
- a bunch of interface-changes.rst changes
1.17 - mpv_initialize() now blocks SIGPIPE (details see client.h)
--- mpv 0.9.0 ---
1.16 - add mpv_opengl_cb_report_flip()
- introduce mpv_opengl_cb_draw() and deprecate mpv_opengl_cb_render()
- add MPV_FORMAT_BYTE_ARRAY
1.15 - mpv_initialize() will now load config files. This requires setting
the "config" and "config-dir" options. In particular, it will load
mpv.conf.
- minor backwards-compatible change to the "seek" and "screenshot"
commands (new flag syntax, old additional args deprecated)
--- mpv 0.8.0 ---
--- mpv 0.8.0 is released ---
1.14 - add mpv_wait_async_requests()
- the --msg-level option changes its native type from a flat string to
a key-value list (setting/reading the option as string still works)
@@ -116,7 +38,7 @@ API changes
its own and mpv's OpenGL rendering
Warning: this API is not stable yet - anything in opengl_cb.h might
be changed in completely incompatible ways in minor API bumps
--- mpv 0.7.0 ---
--- mpv 0.7.0 is released ---
1.10 - deprecate/disable everything directly related to script_dispatch
(most likely affects nobody)
1.9 - add enum mpv_end_file_reason for mpv_event_end_file.reason
@@ -139,7 +61,7 @@ API changes
1.6 - modify "core-idle" property behavior
- MPV_EVENT_LOG_MESSAGE now always sends complete lines
- introduce numeric log levels (mpv_log_level)
--- mpv 0.6.0 ---
--- mpv 0.6.0 is released ---
1.5 - change in X11 and "--wid" behavior again. The previous change didn't
work as expected, and now the behavior can be explicitly controlled
with the "input-x11-keyboard" option. This is only a temporary
@@ -148,7 +70,7 @@ API changes
although the old option name still works.
1.4 - subtle change in X11 and "--wid" behavior
(this change was added to 0.5.2, and broke some things, see #1090)
--- mpv 0.5.0 ---
--- mpv 0.5.0 is released ---
1.3 - add MPV_MAKE_VERSION()
1.2 - remove "stream-time-pos" property (no replacement)
1.1 - remap dvdnav:// to dvd://
@@ -160,6 +82,6 @@ API changes
insignificant is now significant
- add "cache-free" and "cache-used" properties
- OSX: the "coreaudio" AO spdif code is split into a separate AO
--- mpv 0.4.0 ---
--- mpv 0.4.0 is released ---
1.0 - the API is declared stable
+14
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
All examples in this directory and its sub-directories are licensed
under one of the following licenses:
WTFPL, ISC, Ms-PL, AGPLv3, BSD (any)
Pick any license of your liking, and disregard the others.
(The full text of each license is available on this website:
http://opensource.org/licenses/alphabetical )
Additionally, you may consider the example code to be public domain.
You are free to use any of the example code without further
requirements or need for attribution.
+30
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
Client API examples
===================
All these examples use the mpv client API through libmpv.
cocoa
-----
Shows how to embed the mpv video window in Objective-C/Cocoa.
qt
--
Shows how to embed the mpv video window in Qt (using normal desktop widgets).
qml
---
Shows how to use mpv's OpenGL video renderer in QtQuick2 with QML.
qml_direct
----------
Alternative example, which typically avoids a FBO indirection. Might be
slightly faster, but is less flexible and harder to use.
simple
------
Very primitive terminal-only example. Shows some most basic API usage.
+193
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
// Plays a video from the command line in a window provided by mpv.
// You likely want to play the video in your own window instead,
// but that's not quite ready yet.
// You may need a basic Info.plist and MainMenu.xib to make this work.
// Build with: clang -o cocoabasic cocoabasic.m `pkg-config --libs --cflags mpv`
#include <mpv/client.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
static inline void check_error(int status)
{
if (status < 0) {
printf("mpv API error: %s\n", mpv_error_string(status));
exit(1);
}
}
#import <Cocoa/Cocoa.h>
@interface CocoaWindow : NSWindow
@end
@implementation CocoaWindow
- (BOOL)canBecomeMainWindow { return YES; }
- (BOOL)canBecomeKeyWindow { return YES; }
@end
@interface AppDelegate : NSObject <NSApplicationDelegate>
{
mpv_handle *mpv;
dispatch_queue_t queue;
NSWindow *w;
}
@end
static void wakeup(void *);
@implementation AppDelegate
- (void)createWindow {
int mask = NSTitledWindowMask|NSClosableWindowMask|
NSMiniaturizableWindowMask|NSResizableWindowMask;
self->w = [[CocoaWindow alloc]
initWithContentRect:NSMakeRect(0,0, 1280, 720)
styleMask:mask
backing:NSBackingStoreBuffered
defer:NO];
[self->w setTitle:@"cocoabasic example"];
[self->w makeMainWindow];
[self->w makeKeyAndOrderFront:nil];
NSMenu *m = [[NSMenu alloc] initWithTitle:@"AMainMenu"];
NSMenuItem *item = [m addItemWithTitle:@"Apple" action:nil keyEquivalent:@""];
NSMenu *sm = [[NSMenu alloc] initWithTitle:@"Apple"];
[m setSubmenu:sm forItem:item];
[sm addItemWithTitle: @"Shutdown mpv" action:@selector(shutdown) keyEquivalent:@"s"];
[NSApp setMenu:m];
[NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:YES];
}
- (void) applicationDidFinishLaunching:(NSNotification *)notification {
[NSApp setActivationPolicy:NSApplicationActivationPolicyRegular];
atexit_b(^{
// Because activation policy has just been set to behave like a real
// application, that policy must be reset on exit to prevent, among
// other things, the menubar created here from remaining on screen.
[NSApp setActivationPolicy:NSApplicationActivationPolicyProhibited];
});
// Read filename
NSArray *args = [NSProcessInfo processInfo].arguments;
if (args.count < 2) {
NSLog(@"Expected filename on command line");
exit(1);
}
NSString *filename = args[1];
[self createWindow];
// Deal with MPV in the background.
queue = dispatch_queue_create("mpv", DISPATCH_QUEUE_SERIAL);
dispatch_async(queue, ^{
mpv = mpv_create();
if (!mpv) {
printf("failed creating context\n");
exit(1);
}
int64_t wid = (intptr_t) [self->w contentView];
check_error(mpv_set_option(mpv, "wid", MPV_FORMAT_INT64, &wid));
// Maybe set some options here, like default key bindings.
// NOTE: Interaction with the window seems to be broken for now.
check_error(mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "input-default-bindings", "yes"));
// for testing!
check_error(mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "input-media-keys", "yes"));
check_error(mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "input-cursor", "no"));
check_error(mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "input-vo-keyboard", "yes"));
// request important errors
check_error(mpv_request_log_messages(mpv, "warn"));
check_error(mpv_initialize(mpv));
// Register to be woken up whenever mpv generates new events.
mpv_set_wakeup_callback(mpv, wakeup, (__bridge void *) self);
// Load the indicated file
const char *cmd[] = {"loadfile", filename.UTF8String, NULL};
check_error(mpv_command(mpv, cmd));
});
}
- (void) handleEvent:(mpv_event *)event
{
switch (event->event_id) {
case MPV_EVENT_SHUTDOWN:
// Clean up and shut down.
mpv_terminate_destroy(mpv);
mpv = NULL;
dispatch_async(dispatch_get_main_queue(), ^{
[[NSApplication sharedApplication] terminate:nil];
});
break;
case MPV_EVENT_LOG_MESSAGE: {
struct mpv_event_log_message *msg = (struct mpv_event_log_message *)event->data;
printf("[%s] %s: %s", msg->prefix, msg->level, msg->text);
}
case MPV_EVENT_VIDEO_RECONFIG:
dispatch_async(dispatch_get_main_queue(), ^{
[self->w selectNextKeyView:nil];
});
default:
printf("event: %s\n", mpv_event_name(event->event_id));
}
}
- (void) readEvents
{
dispatch_async(queue, ^{
while (mpv) {
mpv_event *event = mpv_wait_event(mpv, 0);
if (event->event_id == MPV_EVENT_NONE)
break;
[self handleEvent:event];
}
});
}
static void wakeup(void *context) {
AppDelegate *a = (__bridge AppDelegate *) context;
[a readEvents];
}
// Ostensibly, mpv's window would be hooked up to this.
- (BOOL) windowShouldClose:(id)sender
{
[self shutdown];
if (self->w)
[self->w release];
return YES;
}
- (void) shutdown
{
if (mpv) {
const char *args[] = {"quit", NULL};
mpv_command(mpv, args);
}
}
@end
// Delete this if you already have a main.m.
int main(int argc, const char * argv[]) {
@autoreleasepool {
NSApplication *app = [NSApplication sharedApplication];
AppDelegate *delegate = [AppDelegate new];
app.delegate = delegate;
[app run];
}
return EXIT_SUCCESS;
}
+137
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
#include "main.h"
#include <stdexcept>
#include <clocale>
#include <QObject>
#include <QtGlobal>
#include <QOpenGLContext>
#include <QGuiApplication>
#include <QtGui/QOpenGLFramebufferObject>
#include <QtQuick/QQuickWindow>
#include <QtQuick/QQuickView>
class MpvRenderer : public QQuickFramebufferObject::Renderer
{
static void *get_proc_address(void *ctx, const char *name) {
(void)ctx;
QOpenGLContext *glctx = QOpenGLContext::currentContext();
if (!glctx)
return NULL;
return (void *)glctx->getProcAddress(QByteArray(name));
}
mpv::qt::Handle mpv;
QQuickWindow *window;
mpv_opengl_cb_context *mpv_gl;
public:
MpvRenderer(const MpvObject *obj)
: mpv(obj->mpv), window(obj->window()), mpv_gl(obj->mpv_gl)
{
int r = mpv_opengl_cb_init_gl(mpv_gl, NULL, get_proc_address, NULL);
if (r < 0)
throw std::runtime_error("could not initialize OpenGL");
}
virtual ~MpvRenderer()
{
// Until this call is done, we need to make sure the player remains
// alive. This is done implicitly with the mpv::qt::Handle instance
// in this class.
mpv_opengl_cb_uninit_gl(mpv_gl);
}
void render()
{
QOpenGLFramebufferObject *fbo = framebufferObject();
int vp[4] = {0, 0, fbo->width(), fbo->height()};
window->resetOpenGLState();
mpv_opengl_cb_render(mpv_gl, fbo->handle(), vp);
window->resetOpenGLState();
}
};
MpvObject::MpvObject(QQuickItem * parent)
: QQuickFramebufferObject(parent), mpv_gl(0)
{
mpv = mpv::qt::Handle::FromRawHandle(mpv_create());
if (!mpv)
throw std::runtime_error("could not create mpv context");
mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "terminal", "yes");
mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "msg-level", "all=v");
if (mpv_initialize(mpv) < 0)
throw std::runtime_error("could not initialize mpv context");
// Make use of the MPV_SUB_API_OPENGL_CB API.
mpv::qt::set_option_variant(mpv, "vo", "opengl-cb");
// Request hw decoding, just for testing.
mpv::qt::set_option_variant(mpv, "hwdec", "auto");
// Setup the callback that will make QtQuick update and redraw if there
// is a new video frame. Use a queued connection: this makes sure the
// doUpdate() function is run on the GUI thread.
mpv_gl = (mpv_opengl_cb_context *)mpv_get_sub_api(mpv, MPV_SUB_API_OPENGL_CB);
if (!mpv_gl)
throw std::runtime_error("OpenGL not compiled in");
mpv_opengl_cb_set_update_callback(mpv_gl, MpvObject::on_update, (void *)this);
connect(this, &MpvObject::onUpdate, this, &MpvObject::doUpdate,
Qt::QueuedConnection);
}
MpvObject::~MpvObject()
{
if (mpv_gl)
mpv_opengl_cb_set_update_callback(mpv_gl, NULL, NULL);
}
void MpvObject::on_update(void *ctx)
{
MpvObject *self = (MpvObject *)ctx;
emit self->onUpdate();
}
// connected to onUpdate(); signal makes sure it runs on the GUI thread
void MpvObject::doUpdate()
{
update();
}
void MpvObject::command(const QVariant& params)
{
mpv::qt::command_variant(mpv, params);
}
void MpvObject::setProperty(const QString& name, const QVariant& value)
{
mpv::qt::set_property_variant(mpv, name, value);
}
QQuickFramebufferObject::Renderer *MpvObject::createRenderer() const
{
window()->setPersistentOpenGLContext(true);
window()->setPersistentSceneGraph(true);
return new MpvRenderer(this);
}
int main(int argc, char **argv)
{
QGuiApplication app(argc, argv);
// Qt sets the locale in the QGuiApplication constructor, but libmpv
// requires the LC_NUMERIC category to be set to "C", so change it back.
std::setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C");
qmlRegisterType<MpvObject>("mpvtest", 1, 0, "MpvObject");
QQuickView view;
view.setResizeMode(QQuickView::SizeRootObjectToView);
view.setSource(QUrl("qrc:///mpvtest/main.qml"));
view.show();
return app.exec();
}
+36
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
#ifndef MPVRENDERER_H_
#define MPVRENDERER_H_
#include <QtQuick/QQuickFramebufferObject>
#include <mpv/client.h>
#include <mpv/opengl_cb.h>
#include <mpv/qthelper.hpp>
class MpvRenderer;
class MpvObject : public QQuickFramebufferObject
{
Q_OBJECT
mpv::qt::Handle mpv;
mpv_opengl_cb_context *mpv_gl;
friend class MpvRenderer;
public:
MpvObject(QQuickItem * parent = 0);
virtual ~MpvObject();
virtual Renderer *createRenderer() const;
public slots:
void command(const QVariant& params);
void setProperty(const QString& name, const QVariant& value);
signals:
void onUpdate();
private slots:
void doUpdate();
private:
static void on_update(void *ctx);
};
#endif
+71
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
import QtQuick 2.0
import QtQuick.Controls 1.0
import mpvtest 1.0
Item {
width: 1280
height: 720
MpvObject {
id: renderer
anchors.fill: parent
MouseArea {
anchors.fill: parent
onClicked: renderer.command(["loadfile", "../../../test.mkv"])
}
}
Rectangle {
id: labelFrame
anchors.margins: -50
radius: 5
color: "white"
border.color: "black"
opacity: 0.8
anchors.fill: box
}
Row {
id: box
anchors.bottom: renderer.bottom
anchors.left: renderer.left
anchors.right: renderer.right
anchors.margins: 100
Text {
anchors.margins: 10
wrapMode: Text.WordWrap
text: "QtQuick and mpv are both rendering stuff.\n
Click to load ../../../test.mkv"
}
// Don't take these controls too seriously. They're for testing.
Column {
CheckBox {
id: checkbox
anchors.margins: 10
// Heavily filtered means good, right?
text: "Make video look like on a Smart TV"
onClicked: {
if (checkbox.checked) {
renderer.command(["vo_cmdline", "scale=sharpen3:scale-param1=5.0"])
} else {
renderer.command(["vo_cmdline", ""])
}
}
}
Slider {
id: slider
anchors.margins: 10
anchors.left: checkbox.left
anchors.right: checkbox.right
minimumValue: -100
maximumValue: 100
value: 0
onValueChanged: renderer.setProperty("gamma", slider.value | 0)
}
}
}
}
+11
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
QT += qml quick
HEADERS += main.h
SOURCES += main.cpp
CONFIG += link_pkgconfig debug
PKGCONFIG += mpv
RESOURCES += mpvtest.qrc
OTHER_FILES += main.qml
+5
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
<RCC>
<qresource prefix="/mpvtest">
<file>main.qml</file>
</qresource>
</RCC>
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
#include "main.h"
#include <stdexcept>
#include <clocale>
#include <QObject>
#include <QtGlobal>
#include <QOpenGLContext>
#include <QGuiApplication>
#include <QtQuick/QQuickWindow>
#include <QtQuick/QQuickView>
static void *get_proc_address(void *ctx, const char *name) {
(void)ctx;
QOpenGLContext *glctx = QOpenGLContext::currentContext();
if (!glctx)
return NULL;
return (void *)glctx->getProcAddress(QByteArray(name));
}
MpvRenderer::MpvRenderer(mpv::qt::Handle a_mpv, mpv_opengl_cb_context *a_mpv_gl)
: mpv(a_mpv), mpv_gl(a_mpv_gl), window(0), size()
{
int r = mpv_opengl_cb_init_gl(mpv_gl, NULL, get_proc_address, NULL);
if (r < 0)
throw std::runtime_error("could not initialize OpenGL");
}
MpvRenderer::~MpvRenderer()
{
// Until this call is done, we need to make sure the player remains
// alive. This is done implicitly with the mpv::qt::Handle instance
// in this class.
mpv_opengl_cb_uninit_gl(mpv_gl);
}
void MpvRenderer::paint()
{
window->resetOpenGLState();
// Render to the whole window.
int vp[4] = {0, 0, size.width(), -size.height()};
// This uses 0 as framebuffer, which indicates that mpv will render directly
// to the frontbuffer. Note that mpv will always switch framebuffers
// explicitly. Some QWindow setups (such as using QQuickWidget) actually
// want you to render into a FBO in the beforeRendering() signal, and this
// code won't work there.
mpv_opengl_cb_render(mpv_gl, 0, vp);
window->resetOpenGLState();
}
MpvObject::MpvObject(QQuickItem * parent)
: QQuickItem(parent), mpv_gl(0), renderer(0)
{
mpv = mpv::qt::Handle::FromRawHandle(mpv_create());
if (!mpv)
throw std::runtime_error("could not create mpv context");
mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "terminal", "yes");
mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "msg-level", "all=v");
if (mpv_initialize(mpv) < 0)
throw std::runtime_error("could not initialize mpv context");
// Make use of the MPV_SUB_API_OPENGL_CB API.
mpv::qt::set_option_variant(mpv, "vo", "opengl-cb");
// Setup the callback that will make QtQuick update and redraw if there
// is a new video frame. Use a queued connection: this makes sure the
// doUpdate() function is run on the GUI thread.
mpv_gl = (mpv_opengl_cb_context *)mpv_get_sub_api(mpv, MPV_SUB_API_OPENGL_CB);
if (!mpv_gl)
throw std::runtime_error("OpenGL not compiled in");
mpv_opengl_cb_set_update_callback(mpv_gl, MpvObject::on_update, (void *)this);
connect(this, &MpvObject::onUpdate, this, &MpvObject::doUpdate,
Qt::QueuedConnection);
connect(this, &QQuickItem::windowChanged,
this, &MpvObject::handleWindowChanged);
}
MpvObject::~MpvObject()
{
if (mpv_gl)
mpv_opengl_cb_set_update_callback(mpv_gl, NULL, NULL);
}
void MpvObject::handleWindowChanged(QQuickWindow *win)
{
if (!win)
return;
connect(win, &QQuickWindow::beforeSynchronizing,
this, &MpvObject::sync, Qt::DirectConnection);
connect(win, &QQuickWindow::sceneGraphInvalidated,
this, &MpvObject::cleanup, Qt::DirectConnection);
win->setClearBeforeRendering(false);
}
void MpvObject::sync()
{
if (!renderer) {
renderer = new MpvRenderer(mpv, mpv_gl);
connect(window(), &QQuickWindow::beforeRendering,
renderer, &MpvRenderer::paint, Qt::DirectConnection);
}
renderer->window = window();
renderer->size = window()->size() * window()->devicePixelRatio();
}
void MpvObject::cleanup()
{
if (renderer) {
delete renderer;
renderer = 0;
}
}
void MpvObject::on_update(void *ctx)
{
MpvObject *self = (MpvObject *)ctx;
emit self->onUpdate();
}
// connected to onUpdate(); signal makes sure it runs on the GUI thread
void MpvObject::doUpdate()
{
window()->update();
}
void MpvObject::command(const QVariant& params)
{
mpv::qt::command_variant(mpv, params);
}
int main(int argc, char **argv)
{
QGuiApplication app(argc, argv);
// Qt sets the locale in the QGuiApplication constructor, but libmpv
// requires the LC_NUMERIC category to be set to "C", so change it back.
std::setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C");
qmlRegisterType<MpvObject>("mpvtest", 1, 0, "MpvObject");
QQuickView view;
view.setResizeMode(QQuickView::SizeRootObjectToView);
view.setSource(QUrl("qrc:///mpvtest/main.qml"));
view.show();
return app.exec();
}
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
#ifndef MPVRENDERER_H_
#define MPVRENDERER_H_
#include <QtQuick/QQuickItem>
#include <mpv/client.h>
#include <mpv/opengl_cb.h>
#include <mpv/qthelper.hpp>
class MpvRenderer : public QObject
{
Q_OBJECT
mpv::qt::Handle mpv;
mpv_opengl_cb_context *mpv_gl;
QQuickWindow *window;
QSize size;
friend class MpvObject;
public:
MpvRenderer(mpv::qt::Handle a_mpv, mpv_opengl_cb_context *a_mpv_gl);
virtual ~MpvRenderer();
public slots:
void paint();
};
class MpvObject : public QQuickItem
{
Q_OBJECT
mpv::qt::Handle mpv;
mpv_opengl_cb_context *mpv_gl;
MpvRenderer *renderer;
public:
MpvObject(QQuickItem * parent = 0);
virtual ~MpvObject();
public slots:
void command(const QVariant& params);
void sync();
void cleanup();
signals:
void onUpdate();
private slots:
void doUpdate();
void handleWindowChanged(QQuickWindow *win);
private:
static void on_update(void *ctx);
};
#endif
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
import QtQuick 2.0
import QtQuick.Controls 1.0
import mpvtest 1.0
Item {
width: 1280
height: 720
MpvObject {
id: renderer
// This object isn't real and not visible; it just renders into the
// background of the containing Window.
width: 0
height: 0
}
MouseArea {
anchors.fill: parent
onClicked: renderer.command(["loadfile", "../../../test.mkv"])
}
Rectangle {
id: labelFrame
anchors.margins: -50
radius: 5
color: "white"
border.color: "black"
opacity: 0.8
anchors.fill: box
}
Row {
id: box
anchors.bottom: parent.bottom
anchors.left: parent.left
anchors.right: parent.right
anchors.margins: 100
Text {
anchors.margins: 10
wrapMode: Text.WordWrap
text: "QtQuick and mpv are both rendering stuff.\n
In this example, mpv is always in the background.\n
Click to load ../../../test.mkv"
}
}
}
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
QT += qml quick
HEADERS += main.h
SOURCES += main.cpp
CONFIG += link_pkgconfig debug
PKGCONFIG += mpv
RESOURCES += mpvtest.qrc
OTHER_FILES += main.qml
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
<RCC>
<qresource prefix="/mpvtest">
<file>main.qml</file>
</qresource>
</RCC>
+225
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
// This example can be built with: qmake && make
#include <clocale>
#include <sstream>
#include <stdexcept>
#include <QtGlobal>
#include <QFileDialog>
#include <QStatusBar>
#include <QMenuBar>
#include <QMenu>
#include <QGridLayout>
#include <QApplication>
#include <QTextEdit>
#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000
#include <QJsonDocument>
#endif
#include <mpv/qthelper.hpp>
#include "qtexample.h"
static void wakeup(void *ctx)
{
// This callback is invoked from any mpv thread (but possibly also
// recursively from a thread that is calling the mpv API). Just notify
// the Qt GUI thread to wake up (so that it can process events with
// mpv_wait_event()), and return as quickly as possible.
MainWindow *mainwindow = (MainWindow *)ctx;
emit mainwindow->mpv_events();
}
MainWindow::MainWindow(QWidget *parent) :
QMainWindow(parent)
{
setWindowTitle("Qt embedding demo");
setMinimumSize(640, 480);
QMenu *menu = menuBar()->addMenu(tr("&File"));
QAction *on_open = new QAction(tr("&Open"), this);
on_open->setShortcuts(QKeySequence::Open);
on_open->setStatusTip(tr("Open a file"));
connect(on_open, &QAction::triggered, this, &MainWindow::on_file_open);
menu->addAction(on_open);
QAction *on_new = new QAction(tr("&New window"), this);
connect(on_new, &QAction::triggered, this, &MainWindow::on_new_window);
menu->addAction(on_new);
statusBar();
QMainWindow *log_window = new QMainWindow(this);
log = new QTextEdit(log_window);
log->setReadOnly(true);
log_window->setCentralWidget(log);
log_window->setWindowTitle("mpv log window");
log_window->setMinimumSize(500, 50);
log_window->show();
mpv = mpv_create();
if (!mpv)
throw std::runtime_error("can't create mpv instance");
// Create a video child window. Force Qt to create a native window, and
// pass the window ID to the mpv wid option. Works on: X11, win32, Cocoa
mpv_container = new QWidget(this);
setCentralWidget(mpv_container);
mpv_container->setAttribute(Qt::WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors);
mpv_container->setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow);
// If you have a HWND, use: int64_t wid = (intptr_t)hwnd;
int64_t wid = mpv_container->winId();
mpv_set_option(mpv, "wid", MPV_FORMAT_INT64, &wid);
// Enable default bindings, because we're lazy. Normally, a player using
// mpv as backend would implement its own key bindings.
mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "input-default-bindings", "yes");
// Enable keyboard input on the X11 window. For the messy details, see
// --input-vo-keyboard on the manpage.
mpv_set_option_string(mpv, "input-vo-keyboard", "yes");
// Let us receive property change events with MPV_EVENT_PROPERTY_CHANGE if
// this property changes.
mpv_observe_property(mpv, 0, "time-pos", MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE);
mpv_observe_property(mpv, 0, "track-list", MPV_FORMAT_NODE);
mpv_observe_property(mpv, 0, "chapter-list", MPV_FORMAT_NODE);
// Request log messages with level "info" or higher.
// They are received as MPV_EVENT_LOG_MESSAGE.
mpv_request_log_messages(mpv, "info");
// From this point on, the wakeup function will be called. The callback
// can come from any thread, so we use the QueuedConnection mechanism to
// relay the wakeup in a thread-safe way.
connect(this, &MainWindow::mpv_events, this, &MainWindow::on_mpv_events,
Qt::QueuedConnection);
mpv_set_wakeup_callback(mpv, wakeup, this);
if (mpv_initialize(mpv) < 0)
throw std::runtime_error("mpv failed to initialize");
}
void MainWindow::handle_mpv_event(mpv_event *event)
{
switch (event->event_id) {
case MPV_EVENT_PROPERTY_CHANGE: {
mpv_event_property *prop = (mpv_event_property *)event->data;
if (strcmp(prop->name, "time-pos") == 0) {
if (prop->format == MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE) {
double time = *(double *)prop->data;
std::stringstream ss;
ss << "At: " << time;
statusBar()->showMessage(QString::fromStdString(ss.str()));
} else if (prop->format == MPV_FORMAT_NONE) {
// The property is unavailable, which probably means playback
// was stopped.
statusBar()->showMessage("");
}
} else if (strcmp(prop->name, "chapter-list") == 0 ||
strcmp(prop->name, "track-list") == 0)
{
// Dump the properties as JSON for demo purposes.
#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000
if (prop->format == MPV_FORMAT_NODE) {
QVariant v = mpv::qt::node_to_variant((mpv_node *)prop->data);
// Abuse JSON support for easily printing the mpv_node contents.
QJsonDocument d = QJsonDocument::fromVariant(v);
append_log("Change property " + QString(prop->name) + ":\n");
append_log(d.toJson().data());
}
#endif
}
break;
}
case MPV_EVENT_VIDEO_RECONFIG: {
// Retrieve the new video size.
int64_t w, h;
if (mpv_get_property(mpv, "dwidth", MPV_FORMAT_INT64, &w) >= 0 &&
mpv_get_property(mpv, "dheight", MPV_FORMAT_INT64, &h) >= 0 &&
w > 0 && h > 0)
{
// Note that the MPV_EVENT_VIDEO_RECONFIG event doesn't necessarily
// imply a resize, and you should check yourself if the video
// dimensions really changed.
// mpv itself will scale/letter box the video to the container size
// if the video doesn't fit.
std::stringstream ss;
ss << "Reconfig: " << w << " " << h;
statusBar()->showMessage(QString::fromStdString(ss.str()));
}
break;
}
case MPV_EVENT_LOG_MESSAGE: {
struct mpv_event_log_message *msg = (struct mpv_event_log_message *)event->data;
std::stringstream ss;
ss << "[" << msg->prefix << "] " << msg->level << ": " << msg->text;
append_log(QString::fromStdString(ss.str()));
break;
}
case MPV_EVENT_SHUTDOWN: {
mpv_terminate_destroy(mpv);
mpv = NULL;
break;
}
default: ;
// Ignore uninteresting or unknown events.
}
}
// This slot is invoked by wakeup() (through the mpv_events signal).
void MainWindow::on_mpv_events()
{
// Process all events, until the event queue is empty.
while (mpv) {
mpv_event *event = mpv_wait_event(mpv, 0);
if (event->event_id == MPV_EVENT_NONE)
break;
handle_mpv_event(event);
}
}
void MainWindow::on_file_open()
{
QString filename = QFileDialog::getOpenFileName(this, "Open file");
if (mpv) {
const QByteArray c_filename = filename.toUtf8();
const char *args[] = {"loadfile", c_filename.data(), NULL};
mpv_command_async(mpv, 0, args);
}
}
void MainWindow::on_new_window()
{
(new MainWindow())->show();
}
void MainWindow::append_log(const QString &text)
{
QTextCursor cursor = log->textCursor();
cursor.movePosition(QTextCursor::End);
cursor.insertText(text);
log->setTextCursor(cursor);
}
MainWindow::~MainWindow()
{
if (mpv)
mpv_terminate_destroy(mpv);
}
int main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
QApplication a(argc, argv);
// Qt sets the locale in the QApplication constructor, but libmpv requires
// the LC_NUMERIC category to be set to "C", so change it back.
std::setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C");
MainWindow w;
w.show();
return a.exec();
}
+37
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
#ifndef QTEXAMPLE_H
#define QTEXAMPLE_H
#include <QMainWindow>
#include <mpv/client.h>
class QTextEdit;
class MainWindow : public QMainWindow
{
Q_OBJECT
public:
explicit MainWindow(QWidget *parent = 0);
~MainWindow();
private slots:
void on_file_open();
void on_new_window();
void on_mpv_events();
signals:
void mpv_events();
private:
QWidget *mpv_container;
mpv_handle *mpv;
QTextEdit *log;
void append_log(const QString &text);
void create_player();
void handle_mpv_event(mpv_event *event);
};
#endif // QTEXAMPLE_H
+12
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
QT += core gui
greaterThan(QT_MAJOR_VERSION, 4): QT += widgets
TARGET = qtexample
TEMPLATE = app
CONFIG += link_pkgconfig debug
PKGCONFIG += mpv
SOURCES += qtexample.cpp
HEADERS += qtexample.h
+54
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
// Build with: gcc -o simple simple.c `pkg-config --libs --cflags mpv`
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <mpv/client.h>
static inline void check_error(int status)
{
if (status < 0) {
printf("mpv API error: %s\n", mpv_error_string(status));
exit(1);
}
}
int main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
if (argc != 2) {
printf("pass a single media file as argument\n");
return 1;
}
mpv_handle *ctx = mpv_create();
if (!ctx) {
printf("failed creating context\n");
return 1;
}
// Enable default key bindings, so the user can actually interact with
// the player (and e.g. close the window).
check_error(mpv_set_option_string(ctx, "input-default-bindings", "yes"));
mpv_set_option_string(ctx, "input-vo-keyboard", "yes");
int val = 1;
check_error(mpv_set_option(ctx, "osc", MPV_FORMAT_FLAG, &val));
// Done setting up options.
check_error(mpv_initialize(ctx));
// Play this file.
const char *cmd[] = {"loadfile", argv[1], NULL};
check_error(mpv_command(ctx, cmd));
// Let it play, and wait until the user quits.
while (1) {
mpv_event *event = mpv_wait_event(ctx, 10000);
printf("event: %s\n", mpv_event_name(event->event_id));
if (event->event_id == MPV_EVENT_SHUTDOWN)
break;
}
mpv_terminate_destroy(ctx);
return 0;
}
+47 -50
View File
@@ -66,9 +66,9 @@ echo "MXE_TARGETS := i686-w64-mingw32.static" >> settings.mk
# echo "MXE_TARGETS := x86_64-w64-mingw32.static" >> settings.mk
# Build required packages. The following provide a minimum required to build
# a reasonable mpv binary (though not an absolute minimum).
# mpv.
make gcc ffmpeg libass jpeg lua
make gcc ffmpeg libass jpeg pthreads
# Add MXE binaries to $PATH
export PATH=/opt/mxe/usr/bin/:$PATH
@@ -79,7 +79,6 @@ export PATH=/opt/mxe/usr/bin/:$PATH
cd ..
git clone https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv.git
cd mpv
python ./bootstrap.py
DEST_OS=win32 TARGET=i686-w64-mingw32.static ./waf configure
# Or, if 64 bit version,
# DEST_OS=win32 TARGET=x86_64-w64-mingw32.static ./waf configure
@@ -104,21 +103,22 @@ Installing MSYS2
It doesn't matter whether the i686 or the x86_64 version is used. Both can
build 32-bit and 64-bit binaries when running on a 64-bit version of Windows.
2. Start a MinGW-w64 shell (``mingw64.exe``). Note that this is different
from the MSYS2 shell that is started from the final installation dialog.
2. Add ``C:\msys64\mingw64\bin`` to your ``%PATH%``. mpv will depend on several
DLLs in this folder.
For a 32-bit build, use ``mingw32.exe``.
3. Start a MinGW-w64 shell (``mingw64_shell.bat``). For a 32-bit build, use
``mingw32_shell.bat``.
Updating MSYS2
--------------
To prevent errors during post-install, the MSYS2 core runtime must be updated
separately.
To prevent errors during post-install, ``msys2-runtime`` and ``pacman`` must be
updated first.
```bash
# Check for core updates. If instructed, close the shell window and reopen it
# before continuing.
pacman -Syu
# Check for updates to msys2-runtime and pacman. If there were updates, restart
# MSYS2 before continuing.
pacman -Sy --needed msys2-runtime pacman
# Update everything else
pacman -Su
@@ -129,14 +129,14 @@ Installing mpv dependencies
```bash
# Install MSYS2 build dependencies and a MinGW-w64 compiler
pacman -S git mingw-w64-x86_64-pkg-config python mingw-w64-x86_64-gcc
pacman -S git pkg-config python3 mingw-w64-x86_64-gcc
# Install the most important MinGW-w64 dependencies. libass, libbluray and
# lcms2 are also pulled in as dependencies of ffmpeg.
pacman -S mingw-w64-x86_64-ffmpeg mingw-w64-x86_64-libjpeg-turbo mingw-w64-x86_64-lua51
pacman -S mingw-w64-x86_64-ffmpeg mingw-w64-x86_64-libjpeg-turbo mingw-w64-x86_64-lua
# Install additional (optional) dependencies
pacman -S mingw-w64-x86_64-libdvdnav mingw-w64-x86_64-libguess mingw-w64-x86_64-angleproject-git
pacman -S mingw-w64-x86_64-libdvdnav mingw-w64-x86_64-mpg123 mingw-w64-x86_64-libguess
```
For a 32-bit build, install ``mingw-w64-i686-*`` packages instead.
@@ -156,59 +156,56 @@ Finally, compile and install mpv. Binaries will be installed to
```bash
# For a 32-bit build, use --prefix=/mingw32 instead
./waf configure CC=gcc.exe --check-c-compiler=gcc --prefix=/mingw64
./waf configure CC=gcc --prefix=/mingw64
./waf install
```
Or, compile and install both libmpv and mpv:
```bash
./waf configure CC=gcc.exe --check-c-compiler=gcc --enable-libmpv-shared --prefix=/mingw64
./waf configure CC=gcc --enable-libmpv-shared --prefix=/mingw64
./waf install
# waf installs libmpv dll to the wrong directory, so fix it up
mv -f /mingw64/lib/mpv-1.dll /mingw64/bin/
# waf installs libmpv to the wrong directory, so fix it up
mv -f /mingw64/bin/pkgconfig/mpv.pc /mingw64/lib/pkgconfig/
mv -f /mingw64/bin/libmpv.dll.a /mingw64/lib/
sed -i 's_/mingw64/bin_/mingw64/lib_' /mingw64/lib/pkgconfig/mpv.pc
rmdir /mingw64/bin/pkgconfig
```
Linking libmpv with MSVC programs
---------------------------------
Additional dependencies
=======================
You can build C++ programs in Visual Studio and link them with libmpv. To do
this, you need a Visual Studio which supports ``stdint.h`` (recent ones do),
and you need to create a import library for the mpv DLL:
pthreads
--------
mpv will use a pthreads wrapper by default. Either pthreads-win32 or
winpthreads should work. The latter is packaged with most MinGW-w64
environments, including MSYS2, so it shouldn't be a problem. If you don't have
a pthreads wrapper or you want to build mpv without one, configure with:
```bash
lib /def:mpv.def /name:mpv-1.dll /out:mpv.lib /MACHINE:X64
./waf configure --enable-win32-internal-pthreads
```
The string in the ``/name:`` parameter must match the filename of the DLL (this
is simply the filename the MSVC linker will use). The ``mpv.def`` can be
retrieved from the mpv build directory, or can be produced by MingGW's
gendef.exe helper from the mpv DLL.
libwaio
-------
Static linking is not possible.
If you want to use ``--input-file``, you need libwaio. It's available from
git://midipix.org/waio
Running mpv
-----------
If you want to run mpv from the MinGW-w64 shell, you will find the experience
much more pleasant if you use the ``winpty`` utility
To compile libwaio in MSYS2, run:
```bash
pacman -S winpty
winpty mpv.com ToS-4k-1920.mov
git clone git://midipix.org/waio && cd waio
# 32-bit build, run from mingw32_shell.bat
./build-mingw-nt32 lib-static CC=gcc AR=ar
cp -r include/waio /mingw32/include
cp lib32/libwaio.a /mingw32/lib
# 64-bit build, run from mingw64_shell.bat
./build-mingw-nt64 lib-static CC=gcc AR=ar
cp -r include/waio /mingw64/include
cp lib64/libwaio.a /mingw64/lib
```
If you want to move / copy ``mpv.exe`` and ``mpv.com`` to somewhere other than
``/mingw64/bin/`` for use outside the MinGW-w64 shell, they will still depend on
DLLs in that folder. The simplest solution is to add ``C:\msys64\mingw64\bin``
to the windows system ``%PATH%``. Beware though that this can cause problems or
confusion in Cygwin if that is also installed on the machine.
Use of the ANGLE OpenGL backend requires a copy of the D3D compiler DLL that
matches the version of the D3D SDK that ANGLE was built with
(``d3dcompiler_43.dll`` in case of MinGW-built ANGLE) in the path or in the
same folder as mpv. It must be of the same architecture (x86_64 / i686) as the
mpv you compiled. You can find copies here:
https://mpv.srsfckn.biz/d3dcompiler.7z
+11 -19
View File
@@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ How to contribute
General
-------
The main contact for mpv development is IRC, specifically #mpv
and #mpv-devel on Freenode.
The main contact for mpv development is IRC, specifically #mpv-player
and #mpv-player-dev on Freenode.
Sending patches
---------------
@@ -14,11 +14,6 @@ Sending patches
``git format-patch``. diffs posted as pastebins (especially if the http link
returns HTML) just cause extra work for everyone, because they lack commit
message and authorship information.
- All new code must be LGPLv2.1+ licensed, or come with the implicit agreement
that it will be relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ later (see ``Copyright`` in the
repository root directory).
- When creating pull requests, be sure to test your changes. If you didn't,
please say so in the pull request message.
- Write informative commit messages. Use present tense to describe the
situation with the patch applied, and past tense for the situation before
the change.
@@ -29,8 +24,8 @@ Sending patches
For example, you fixed a crash in af_volume.c:
- Bad: ``fixed the bug (wtf?)``
- Good: ``af_volume: fix crash due to null pointer access``
Bad: ``fixed the bug (wtf?)``
Good: ``af_volume: fix crash due to null pointer access``
Having a prefix gives context, and is especially useful when trying to find
a specific change by looking at the history, or when running ``git blame``.
@@ -55,10 +50,7 @@ Sending patches
something like reformatting a whole file, and hiding an actual functional
change in the same commit.
- If you add a new command line option, document it in options.rst. If you
add a new input property, document it in input.rst. Changes to the user
interface (options, properties, commands) should be documented in
interface-changes.rst. Changes to libmpv should be documented in
client-api-changes.rst.
add a new input property, document it in input.rst.
Code formatting
---------------
@@ -101,16 +93,18 @@ mpv uses C99 with K&R formatting, with some exceptions.
do_something();
}
```
- If the if has an else branch, both branches should use braces, even if they're
technically redundant.
- If the body of an if statement uses braces, the else branch should also
use braces (and reverse).
Example:
```C
if (a) {
one_line();
// do something
something();
something_else();
} else {
one_other_line();
one_line();
}
```
- If an if condition spans multiple physical lines, then put the opening brace
@@ -124,8 +118,6 @@ mpv uses C99 with K&R formatting, with some exceptions.
very_long_condition_b)
{
code();
} else {
...
}
```
- Remove any trailing whitespace.
+6 -42
View File
@@ -31,8 +31,9 @@ estimated remaining duration of the source file is used.
Note::
Usage of relative or absolute paths as well as any protocol prefixes may be
prevented for security reasons.
mpv can't use ordered chapter files in EDL entries. Usage of relative or
absolute paths as well as any protocol prefixes is prevented for security
reasons.
Syntax of mpv EDL files
@@ -51,8 +52,7 @@ The rest of the lines belong to one of these classes:
1) An empty or commented line. A comment starts with ``#``, which must be the
first character in the line. The rest of the line (up until the next line
break) is ignored. An empty line has 0 bytes between two line feed bytes.
2) A header entry if the line starts with ``!``.
3) A segment entry in all other cases.
2) A segment entry in all other cases.
Each segment entry consists of a list of named or unnamed parameters.
Parameters are separated with ``,``. Named parameters consist of a name,
@@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ Syntax::
segment_entry ::= <param> ( <param> ',' )*
param ::= [ <name> '=' ] ( <value> | '%' <number> '%' <valuebytes> )
The ``name`` string can consist of any characters, except ``=%,;\n!``. The
``value`` string can consist of any characters except of ``,;\n!``.
The ``name`` string can consist of any characters, except ``=%,;\n``. The
``value`` string can consist of any characters except of ``,;\n``.
The construct starting with ``%`` allows defining any value with arbitrary
contents inline, where ``number`` is an integer giving the number of bytes in
@@ -95,42 +95,6 @@ to ``20``, ``param3`` to ``value,escaped``, ``param4`` to ``value2``.
Instead of line breaks, the character ``;`` can be used. Line feed bytes and
``;`` are treated equally.
Header entries start with ``!`` as first character after a line break. Header
entries affect all other file entries in the EDL file. Their format is highly
implementation specific. They should generally follow the file header, and come
before any file entries.
MP4 DASH
========
This is a header that helps implementing DASH, although it only provides a low
level mechanism.
If this header is set, the given url designates an mp4 init fragment. It's
downloaded, and every URL in the EDL is prefixed with the init fragment on the
byte stream level. This is mostly for use by mpv's internal ytdl support. The
ytdl script will call youtube-dl, which in turn actually processes DASH
manifests. It may work only for this very specific purpose and fail to be
useful in other scenarios. It can be removed or changed in incompatible ways
at any times.
Example::
!mp4_dash,init=url
The ``url`` is encoded as parameter value as defined in the general EDL syntax.
It's expected to point to an "initialization fragment", which will be prefixed
to every entry in the EDL on the byte stream level.
The current implementation will
- ignore stream start times
- use durations as hint for seeking only
- not adjust source timestamps
- open and close segments (i.e. fragments) as needed
- not add segment boundaries as chapter points
- require full compatibility between all segments (same codec etc.)
Timestamp format
================
-346
View File
@@ -1,346 +0,0 @@
Introduction
============
mpv provides access to its internals via the following means:
- options
- commands
- properties
- events
All of these are important for interfacing both with end users and API users
(which include Lua scripts, libmpv, and the JSON IPC). As such, they constitute
a large part of the user interface and APIs.
This document lists changes to them. New changes are added to the top.
Interface changes
=================
::
--- mpv 0.25.0 ---
- remove opengl-cb dxva2 dummy hwdec interop
(see git "vo_opengl: remove dxva2 dummy hwdec backend")
- remove ppm, pgm, pgmyuv, tga choices from the --screenshot-format and
--vo-image-format options
- the "jpeg" choice in the option above now leads to a ".jpg" file extension
- --af=drc is gone (you can use e.g. lavfi/acompressor instead)
- remove image_size predefined uniform from OpenGL user shaders. Use
input_size instead
- add --sub-filter-sdh
- add --sub-filter-sdh-harder
- remove --input-app-events option (macOS)
- deprecate most --vf and --af filters. Only some filters not in libavfilter
will be kept.
Also, you can use libavfilter filters directly (e.g. you can use
--vf=name=opts instead of --vf=lavfi=[name=opts]), as long as the
libavfilter filter's name doesn't clash with a mpv builtin filter.
In the long term, --vf/--af syntax might change again, but if it does, it
will switch to libavfilter's native syntax. (The above mentioned direct
support for lavfi filters still has some differences, such as how strings
are escaped.) If this happens, the non-deprecated builtin filters might be
moved to "somewhere else" syntax-wise.
- deprecate --loop - after a deprecation period, it will be undeprecated,
but changed to alias --loop-file
- add --keep-open-pause=no
- deprecate --demuxer-max-packets
- change --audio-file-auto default from "exact" to "no" (mpv won't load
files with the same filename as the video, but different extension, as
audio track anymore)
--- mpv 0.24.0 ---
- deprecate --hwdec-api and replace it with --opengl-hwdec-interop.
The new option accepts both --hwdec values, as well as named backends.
A minor difference is that --hwdec-api=no (which used to be the default)
now actually does not preload any interop layer, while the new default
("") uses the value of --hwdec.
- drop deprecated --ad/--vd features
- drop deprecated --sub-codepage syntax
- rename properties:
- "drop-frame-count" to "decoder-frame-drop-count"
- "vo-drop-frame-count" to "frame-drop-count"
The old names still work, but are deprecated.
- remove the --stream-capture option and property. No replacement.
(--record-file might serve as alternative)
- add --sub-justify
- add --sub-ass-justify
- internally there's a different way to enable the demuxer cache now
it can be auto-enabled even if the stream cache remains disabled
--- mpv 0.23.0 ---
- remove deprecated vf_vdpaurb (use "--hwdec=vdpau-copy" instead)
- the following properties now have new semantics:
- "demuxer" (use "current-demuxer")
- "fps" (use "container-fps")
- "idle" (use "idle-active")
- "cache" (use "cache-percent")
- "audio-samplerate" (use "audio-params/samplerate")
- "audio-channels" (use "audio-params/channel-count")
- "audio-format" (use "audio-codec-name")
(the properties equivalent to the old semantics are in parentheses)
- remove deprecated --vo and --ao sub-options (like --vo=opengl:...), and
replace them with global options. A somewhat complete list can be found
here: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/Option-replacement-list#mpv-0210
- remove --vo-defaults and --ao-defaults as well
- remove deprecated global sub-options (like -demuxer-rawaudio format=...),
use flat options (like --demuxer-rawaudio-format=...)
- the --sub-codepage option changes in incompatible ways:
- detector-selection and fallback syntax is deprecated
- enca/libguess are removed and deprecated (behaves as if they hadn't
been compiled-in)
- --sub-codepage=<codepage> does not force the codepage anymore
(this requires different and new syntax)
- remove --fs-black-out-screens option for macOS
- change how spdif codecs are selected. You can't enable spdif passthrough
with --ad anymore. This was deprecated; use --audio-spdif instead.
- deprecate the "family" selection with --ad/--vd
forcing/excluding codecs with "+", "-", "-" is deprecated as well
- explicitly mark --ad-spdif-dtshd as deprecated (it was done so a long time
ago, but it didn't complain when using the option)
--- mpv 0.22.0 ---
- the "audio-device-list" property now sets empty device description to the
device name as a fallback
- add --hidpi-window-scale option for macOS
- add audiounit audio output for iOS
- make --start-time work with --rebase-start-time=no
- add --opengl-early-flush=auto mode
- add --hwdec=vdpau-copy, deprecate vf_vdpaurb
- add tct video output for true-color and 256-color terminals
--- mpv 0.21.0 ---
- unlike in older versions, setting options at runtime will now take effect
immediately (see for example issue #3281). On the other hand, it will also
do runtime verification and reject option changes that do not work
(example: setting the "vf" option to a filter during playback, which fails
to initialize - the option value will remain at its old value). In general,
"set name value" should be mostly equivalent to "set options/name value"
in cases where the "name" property is not deprecated and "options/name"
exists - deviations from this are either bugs, or documented as caveats
in the "Inconsistencies between options and properties" manpage section.
- deprecate _all_ --vo and --ao suboptions. Generally, all suboptions are
replaced by global options, which do exactly the same. For example,
"--vo=opengl:scale=nearest" turns into "--scale=nearest". In some cases,
the global option is prefixed, e.g. "--vo=opengl:pbo" turns into
"--opengl-pbo".
Most of the exact replacements are documented here:
https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/Option-replacement-list
- remove --vo=opengl-hq. Set --profile=opengl-hq instead. Note that this
profile does not force the VO. This means if you use the --vo option to
set another VO, it won't work. But this also means it can be used with
opengl-cb.
- remove the --vo=opengl "pre-shaders", "post-shaders" and "scale-shader"
sub-options: they were deprecated in favor of "user-shaders"
- deprecate --vo-defaults (no replacement)
- remove the vo-cmdline command. You can set OpenGL renderer options
directly via properties instead.
- deprecate the device/sink options on all AOs. Use --audio-device instead.
- deprecate "--ao=wasapi:exclusive" and "--ao=coreaudio:exclusive",
use --audio-exclusive instead.
- subtle changes in how "--no-..." options are treated mean that they are
not accessible under "options/..." anymore (instead, these are resolved
at parsing time). This does not affect options which start with "--no-",
but do not use the mechanism for negation options.
(Also see client API change for API version 1.23.)
- rename the following properties
- "demuxer" -> "current-demuxer"
- "fps" -> "container-fps"
- "idle" -> "idle-active"
- "cache" -> "cache-percent"
the old names are deprecated and will change behavior in mpv 0.23.0.
- remove deprecated "hwdec-active" and "hwdec-detected" properties
- deprecate the ao and vo auto-profiles (they never made any sense)
- deprecate "--vo=direct3d_shaders" - use "--vo=direct3d" instead.
Change "--vo=direct3d" to always use shaders by default.
- deprecate --playlist-pos option, renamed to --playlist-start
- deprecate the --chapter option, as it is redundant with --start/--end,
and conflicts with the semantics of the "chapter" property
- rename --sub-text-* to --sub-* and --ass-* to --sub-ass-* (old options
deprecated)
- incompatible change to cdda:// protocol options: the part after cdda://
now always sets the device, not the span or speed to be played. No
separating extra "/" is needed. The hidden --cdda-device options is also
deleted (it was redundant with the documented --cdrom-device).
- deprecate --vo=rpi. It will be removed in mpv 0.23.0. Its functionality
was folded into --vo=opengl, which now uses RPI hardware decoding by
treating it as a hardware overlay (without applying GL filtering). Also
to be changed in 0.23.0: the --fs flag will be reset to "no" by default
(like on the other platforms).
- deprecate --mute=auto (informally has been since 0.18.1)
- deprecate "resume" and "suspend" IPC commands. They will be completely
removed in 0.23.0.
- deprecate mp.suspend(), mp.resume(), mp.resume_all() Lua scripting
commands, as well as setting mp.use_suspend. They will be completely
removed in 0.23.0.
- the "seek" command's absolute seek mode will now interpret negative
seek times as relative from the end of the file (and clamps seeks that
still go before 0)
- add almost all options to the property list, meaning you can change
options without adding "options/" to the property name (a new section
has been added to the manpage describing some conflicting behavior
between options and properties)
- implement changing sub-speed during playback
- make many previously fixed options changeable at runtime (for example
--terminal, --osc, --ytdl, can all be enable/disabled after
mpv_initialize() - this can be extended to other still fixed options
on user requests)
--- mpv 0.20.0 ---
- add --image-display-duration option - this also means that image duration
is not influenced by --mf-fps anymore in the general case (this is an
incompatible change)
--- mpv 0.19.0 ---
- deprecate "balance" option/property (no replacement)
--- mpv 0.18.1 ---
- deprecate --heartbeat-cmd
- remove --softvol=no capability:
- deprecate --softvol, it now does nothing
- --volume, --mute, and the corresponding properties now always control
softvol, and behave as expected without surprises (e.g. you can set
them normally while no audio is initialized)
- rename --softvol-max to --volume-max (deprecated alias is added)
- the --volume-restore-data option and property are removed without
replacement. They were _always_ internal, and used for watch-later
resume/restore. Now --volume/--mute are saved directly instead.
- the previous point means resuming files with older watch-later configs
will print an error about missing --volume-restore-data (which you can
ignore), and will not restore the previous value
- as a consequence, volume controls will no longer control PulseAudio
per-application value, or use the system mixer's per-application
volume processing
- system or per-application volume can still be controlled with the
ao-volume and ao-mute properties (there are no command line options)
--- mpv 0.18.0 ---
- now ab-loops are active even if one of the "ab-loop-a"/"-b" properties is
unset ("no"), in which case the start of the file is used if the A loop
point is unset, and the end of the file for an unset B loop point
- deprecate --sub-ass=no option by --ass-style-override=strip
(also needs --embeddedfonts=no)
- add "hwdec-interop" and "hwdec-current" properties
- deprecated "hwdec-active" and "hwdec-detected" properties (to be removed
in mpv 0.20.0)
- choice option/property values that are "yes" or "no" will now be returned
as booleans when using the mpv_node functions in the client API, the
"native" property accessors in Lua, and the JSON API. They can be set as
such as well.
- the VO opengl fbo-format sub-option does not accept "rgb" or "rgba"
anymore
- all VO opengl prescalers have been removed (replaced by user scripts)
--- mpv 0.17.0 ---
- deprecate "track-list/N/audio-channels" property (use
"track-list/N/demux-channel-count" instead)
- remove write access to "stream-pos", and change semantics for read access
- Lua scripts now don't suspend mpv by default while script code is run
- add "cache-speed" property
- rename --input-unix-socket to --input-ipc-server, and make it work on
Windows too
- change the exact behavior of the "video-zoom" property
- --video-unscaled no longer disables --video-zoom and --video-aspect
To force the old behavior, set --video-zoom=0 and --video-aspect=0
--- mpv 0.16.0 ---
- change --audio-channels default to stereo (use --audio-channels=auto to
get the old default)
- add --audio-normalize-downmix
- change the default downmix behavior (--audio-normalize-downmix=yes to get
the old default)
- VO opengl custom shaders must now use "sample_pixel" as function name,
instead of "sample"
- change VO opengl scaler-resizes-only default to enabled
- add VO opengl "interpolation-threshold" suboption (introduces new default
behavior, which can change e.g. ``--video-sync=display-vdrop`` to the
worse, but is usually what you want)
- make "volume" and "mute" properties changeable even if no audio output is
active (this gives not-ideal behavior if --softvol=no is used)
- add "volume-max" and "mixer-active" properties
- ignore --input-cursor option for events injected by input commands like
"mouse", "keydown", etc.
--- mpv 0.15.0 ---
- change "yadif" video filter defaults
--- mpv 0.14.0 ---
- vo_opengl interpolation now requires --video-sync=display-... to be set
- change some vo_opengl defaults (including changing tscale)
- add "vsync-ratio", "estimated-display-fps" properties
- add --rebase-start-time option
This is a breaking change to start time handling. Instead of making start
time handling an aspect of different options and properties (like
"time-pos" vs. "playback-time"), make it dependent on the new option. For
compatibility, the "time-start" property now always returns 0, so code
which attempted to handle rebasing manually will not break.
--- mpv 0.13.0 ---
- remove VO opengl-cb frame queue suboptions (no replacement)
--- mpv 0.12.0 ---
- remove --use-text-osd (useless; fontconfig isn't a requirement anymore,
and text rendering is also lazily initialized)
- some time properties (at least "playback-time", "time-pos",
"time-remaining", "playtime-remaining") now are unavailable if the time
is unknown, instead of just assuming that the internal playback position
is 0
- add --audio-fallback-to-null option
- replace vf_format outputlevels suboption with "video-output-levels" global
property/option; also remove "colormatrix-output-range" property
- vo_opengl: remove sharpen3/sharpen5 scale filters, add sharpen sub-option
--- mpv 0.11.0 ---
- add "af-metadata" property
--- mpv 0.10.0 ---
- add --video-aspect-method option
- add --playlist-pos option
- add --video-sync* options
"display-sync-active" property
"vo-missed-frame-count" property
"audio-speed-correction" and "video-speed-correction" properties
- remove --demuxer-readahead-packets and --demuxer-readahead-bytes
add --demuxer-max-packets and --demuxer-max-bytes
(the new options are not replacement and have very different semantics)
- change "video-aspect" property: always settable, even if no video is
running; always return the override - if no override is set, return
the video's aspect ratio
- remove disc-nav (DVD, BD) related properties and commands
- add "option-info/<name>/set-locally" property
- add --cache-backbuffer; change --cache-default default to 75MB
the new total cache size is the sum of backbuffer and the cache size
specified by --cache-default or --cache
- add ``track-list/N/audio-channels`` property
- change --screenshot-tag-colorspace default value
- add --stretch-image-subs-to-screen
- add "playlist/N/title" property
- add --video-stereo-mode=no to disable auto-conversions
- add --force-seekable, and change default seekability in some cases
- add vf yadif/vavpp/vdpaupp interlaced-only suboptions
Also, the option is enabled by default (Except vf_yadif, which has
it enabled only if it's inserted by the deinterlace property.)
- add --hwdec-preload
- add ao coreaudio exclusive suboption
- add ``track-list/N/forced`` property
- add audio-params/channel-count and ``audio-params-out/channel-count props.
- add af volume replaygain-fallback suboption
- add video-params/stereo-in property
- add "keypress", "keydown", and "keyup" commands
- deprecate --ad-spdif-dtshd and enabling passthrough via --ad
add --audio-spdif as replacement
- remove "get_property" command
- remove --slave-broken
- add vo opengl custom shader suboptions (source-shader, scale-shader,
pre-shaders, post-shaders)
- completely change how the hwdec properties work:
- "hwdec" now reflects the --hwdec option
- "hwdec-detected" does partially what the old "hwdec" property did
(and also, "detected-hwdec" is removed)
- "hwdec-active" is added
- add protocol-list property
- deprecate audio-samplerate and audio-channels properties
(audio-params sub-properties are the replacement)
- add audio-params and audio-out-params properties
- deprecate "audio-format" property, replaced with "audio-codec-name"
- deprecate --media-title, replaced with --force-media-title
- deprecate "length" property, replaced with "duration"
- change volume property:
- the value 100 is now always "unchanged volume" - with softvol, the
range is 0 to --softvol-max, without it is 0-100
- the minimum value of --softvol-max is raised to 100
- remove vo opengl npot suboption
- add relative seeking by percentage to "seek" command
- add playlist_shuffle command
- add --force-window=immediate
- add ao coreaudio change-physical-format suboption
- remove vo opengl icc-cache suboption, add icc-cache-dir suboption
- add --screenshot-directory
- add --screenshot-high-bit-depth
- add --screenshot-jpeg-source-chroma
- default action for "rescan_external_files" command changes
--- mpv 0.9.0 ---
+283 -71
View File
@@ -4,19 +4,34 @@ AUDIO FILTERS
Audio filters allow you to modify the audio stream and its properties. The
syntax is:
``--af=...``
Setup a chain of audio filters. See ``--vf`` for the syntax.
``--af=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>``
Setup a chain of audio filters.
.. note::
To get a full list of available audio filters, see ``--af=help``.
Also, keep in mind that most actual filters are available via the ``lavfi``
wrapper, which gives you access to most of libavfilter's filters. This
includes all filters that have been ported from MPlayer to libavfilter.
You can also set defaults for each filter. The defaults are applied before the
normal filter parameters.
See ``--vf`` group of options for info on how ``--af-defaults``, ``--af-add``,
``--af-pre``, ``--af-del``, ``--af-clr``, and possibly others work.
``--af-defaults=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>``
Set defaults for each filter.
Audio filters are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the
filter list:
``--af-add=<filter1[,filter2,...]>``
Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.
``--af-pre=<filter1[,filter2,...]>``
Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.
``--af-del=<index1[,index2,...]>``
Deletes the filters at the given indexes. Index numbers start at 0,
negative numbers address the end of the list (-1 is the last).
``--af-clr``
Completely empties the filter list.
Available filters are:
@@ -44,14 +59,11 @@ Available filters are:
(If you just want to set defaults for this filter that will be used
even by automatically inserted lavrresample instances, you should
prefer setting them with ``--af-defaults=lavrresample:...``.)
``normalize=<yes|no|auto>``
Whether to normalize when remixing channel layouts (default: auto).
``auto`` uses the value set by ``--audio-normalize-downmix``.
``o=<string>``
Set AVOptions on the SwrContext or AVAudioResampleContext. These should
be documented by FFmpeg or Libav.
``lavcac3enc[=options]``
``lavcac3enc[=tospdif[:bitrate[:minchn]]]``
Encode multi-channel audio to AC-3 at runtime using libavcodec. Supports
16-bit native-endian input format, maximum 6 channels. The output is
big-endian when outputting a raw AC-3 stream, native-endian when
@@ -80,13 +92,62 @@ Available filters are:
:5ch: 448
:6ch: 448
``minch=<n>``
If the input channel number is less than ``<minch>``, the filter will
``minchn=<n>``
If the input channel number is less than ``<minchn>``, the filter will
detach itself (default: 3).
``encoder=<name>``
Select the libavcodec encoder used. Currently, this should be an AC-3
encoder, and using another codec will fail horribly.
``sweep[=speed]``
Produces a sine sweep.
``<0.0-1.0>``
Sine function delta, use very low values to hear the sweep.
``sinesuppress[=freq:decay]``
Remove a sine at the specified frequency. Useful to get rid of the 50/60 Hz
noise on low quality audio equipment. It only works on mono input.
``<freq>``
The frequency of the sine which should be removed (in Hz) (default:
50)
``<decay>``
Controls the adaptivity (a larger value will make the filter adapt to
amplitude and phase changes quicker, a smaller value will make the
adaptation slower) (default: 0.0001). Reasonable values are around
0.001.
``bs2b[=option1:option2:...]``
Bauer stereophonic to binaural transformation using libbs2b. Improves the
headphone listening experience by making the sound similar to that from
loudspeakers, allowing each ear to hear both channels and taking into
account the distance difference and the head shadowing effect. It is
applicable only to 2-channel audio.
``fcut=<300-1000>``
Set cut frequency in Hz.
``feed=<10-150>``
Set feed level for low frequencies in 0.1*dB.
``profile=<value>``
Several profiles are available for convenience:
:default: will be used if nothing else was specified (fcut=700,
feed=45)
:cmoy: Chu Moy circuit implementation (fcut=700, feed=60)
:jmeier: Jan Meier circuit implementation (fcut=650, feed=95)
If ``fcut`` or ``feed`` options are specified together with a profile, they
will be applied on top of the selected profile.
``hrtf[=flag]``
Head-related transfer function: Converts multichannel audio to 2-channel
output for headphones, preserving the spatiality of the sound.
==== ===================================
Flag Meaning
==== ===================================
m matrix decoding of the rear channel
s 2-channel matrix decoding
0 no matrix decoding (default)
==== ===================================
``equalizer=g1:g2:g3:...:g10``
10 octave band graphic equalizer, implemented using 10 IIR band-pass
@@ -145,7 +206,7 @@ Available filters are:
.. admonition:: Examples
``mpv --af=channels=4:[0-1,1-0,2-2,3-3] media.avi``
``mpv --af=channels=4:[0-1,1-0,0-2,1-3] media.avi``
Would change the number of channels to 4 and set up 4 routes that
swap channel 0 and channel 1 and leave channel 2 and 3 intact.
Observe that if media containing two channels were played back,
@@ -164,21 +225,14 @@ Available filters are:
automatically up- and downmix standard channel layouts.
``format=format:srate:channels:out-format:out-srate:out-channels``
Does not do any format conversion itself. Rather, it may cause the
filter system to insert necessary conversion filters before or after this
filter if needed. It is primarily useful for controlling the audio format
going into other filters. To specify the format for audio output, see
``--audio-format``, ``--audio-samplerate``, and ``--audio-channels``. This
filter is able to force a particular format, whereas ``--audio-*``
may be overridden by the ao based on output compatibility.
Force a specific audio format/configuration without actually changing the
audio data. Keep in mind that the filter system might auto-insert actual
conversion filters before or after this filter if needed.
All parameters are optional. The first 3 parameters restrict what the filter
accepts as input. They will therefore cause conversion filters to be
inserted before this one. The ``out-`` parameters tell the filters or audio
outputs following this filter how to interpret the data without actually
doing a conversion. Setting these will probably just break things unless you
really know you want this for some reason, such as testing or dealing with
broken media.
accepts as input. The ``out-`` parameters change the audio format, without
actually doing a conversion. The data will be 'reinterpreted' by the
filters or audio outputs following this filter.
``<format>``
Force conversion to this format. Use ``--af=format=format=help`` to get
@@ -198,9 +252,21 @@ Available filters are:
``<out-channels>``
*NOTE*: this filter used to be named ``force``. The old ``format`` filter
used to do conversion itself, unlike this one which lets the filter system
handle the conversion.
See also ``--audio-format``, ``--audio-samplerate``, and
``--audio-channels`` for related options. Keep in mind that
``--audio-channels`` does not actually force the number of
channels in most cases, while this filter can do this.
*NOTE*: this filter used to be named ``force``. Also, unlike the old
``format`` filter, this does not do any actual conversion anymore.
Conversion is done by other, automatically inserted filters.
``convert24``
Filter for internal use only. Converts between 24-bit and 32-bit sample
formats.
``convertsign``
Filter for internal use only. Converts between signed/unsigned formats.
``volume[=<volumedb>[:...]]``
Implements software volume control. Use this filter with caution since it
@@ -226,10 +292,6 @@ Available filters are:
``replaygain-clip=yes|no``
Prevent clipping caused by replaygain by automatically lowering the
gain (default). Use ``replaygain-clip=no`` to disable this.
``replaygain-fallback``
Gain in dB to apply if the file has no replay gain tags. This option
is always applied if the replaygain logic is somehow inactive. If this
is applied, no other replaygain options are applied.
``softclip``
Turns soft clipping on. Soft-clipping can make the
sound more smooth if very high volume levels are used. Enable this
@@ -293,12 +355,183 @@ Available filters are:
``mpv '--af=format=channels=5.1' '--audio-channels=5.1'`` would always force
remixing audio to 5.1 and output it like this.
This filter supports the following ``af-command`` commands:
``sub[=fc:ch]``
Adds a subwoofer channel to the audio stream. The audio data used for
creating the subwoofer channel is an average of the sound in channel 0 and
channel 1. The resulting sound is then low-pass filtered by a 4th order
Butterworth filter with a default cutoff frequency of 60Hz and added to a
separate channel in the audio stream.
``set-matrix``
Set the ``<matrix>`` argument dynamically. This can be used to change
the mixing matrix at runtime, without reinitializing the entire filter
chain.
.. warning::
Disable this filter when you are playing media with an LFE channel
(e.g. 5.1 surround sound), otherwise this filter will disrupt the sound
to the subwoofer.
``<fc>``
cutoff frequency in Hz for the low-pass filter (20 Hz to 300 Hz)
(default: 60 Hz) For the best result try setting the cutoff frequency
as low as possible. This will improve the stereo or surround sound
experience.
``<ch>``
Determines the channel number in which to insert the sub-channel
audio. Channel number can be between 0 and 7 (default: 5). Observe
that the number of channels will automatically be increased to <ch> if
necessary.
.. admonition:: Example
``mpv --af=sub=100:4 --audio-channels=5 media.avi``
Would add a subwoofer channel with a cutoff frequency of 100 Hz to
output channel 4.
``center``
Creates a center channel from the front channels. May currently be low
quality as it does not implement a high-pass filter for proper extraction
yet, but averages and halves the channels instead.
``<ch>``
Determines the channel number in which to insert the center channel.
Channel number can be between 0 and 7 (default: 5). Observe that the
number of channels will automatically be increased to ``<ch>`` if
necessary.
``surround[=delay]``
Decoder for matrix encoded surround sound like Dolby Surround. Some files
with 2-channel audio actually contain matrix encoded surround sound.
``<delay>``
delay time in ms for the rear speakers (0 to 1000) (default: 20) This
delay should be set as follows: If d1 is the distance from the
listening position to the front speakers and d2 is the distance from
the listening position to the rear speakers, then the delay should be
set to 15ms if d1 <= d2 and to 15 + 5*(d1-d2) if d1 > d2.
.. admonition:: Example
``mpv --af=surround=15 --audio-channels=4 media.avi``
Would add surround sound decoding with 15 ms delay for the sound to
the rear speakers.
``delay[=[ch1,ch2,...]]``
Delays the sound to the loudspeakers such that the sound from the
different channels arrives at the listening position simultaneously. It is
only useful if you have more than 2 loudspeakers.
``[ch1,ch2,...]``
The delay in ms that should be imposed on each channel (floating point
number between 0 and 1000).
To calculate the required delay for the different channels, do as follows:
1. Measure the distance to the loudspeakers in meters in relation to your
listening position, giving you the distances s1 to s5 (for a 5.1
system). There is no point in compensating for the subwoofer (you will
not hear the difference anyway).
2. Subtract the distances s1 to s5 from the maximum distance, i.e.
``s[i] = max(s) - s[i]; i = 1...5``.
3. Calculate the required delays in ms as ``d[i] = 1000*s[i]/342; i =
1...5``.
.. admonition:: Example
``mpv --af=delay=[10.5,10.5,0,0,7,0] media.avi``
Would delay front left and right by 10.5 ms, the two rear channels
and the subwoofer by 0 ms and the center channel by 7 ms.
``export=mmapped_file:nsamples]``
Exports the incoming signal to other processes using memory mapping
(``mmap()``). Memory mapped areas contain a header::
int nch /* number of channels */
int size /* buffer size */
unsigned long long counter /* Used to keep sync, updated every time
new data is exported. */
The rest is payload (non-interleaved) 16-bit data.
``<mmapped_file>``
File to map data to (required)
``<nsamples>``
number of samples per channel (default: 512).
.. admonition:: Example
``mpv --af=export=/tmp/mpv-af_export:1024 media.avi``
Would export 1024 samples per channel to ``/tmp/mpv-af_export``.
``extrastereo[=mul]``
(Linearly) increases the difference between left and right channels which
adds some sort of "live" effect to playback.
``<mul>``
Sets the difference coefficient (default: 2.5). 0.0 means mono sound
(average of both channels), with 1.0 sound will be unchanged, with
-1.0 left and right channels will be swapped.
``drc[=method:target]``
Applies dynamic range compression. This maximizes the volume by compressing
the audio signal's dynamic range. (Formerly called ``volnorm``.)
``<method>``
Sets the used method.
1
Use a single sample to smooth the variations via the standard
weighted mean over past samples (default).
2
Use several samples to smooth the variations via the standard
weighted mean over past samples.
``<target>``
Sets the target amplitude as a fraction of the maximum for the sample
type (default: 0.25).
.. note::
This filter can cause distortion with audio signals that have a very
large dynamic range.
``ladspa=file:label:[<control0>,<control1>,...]``
Load a LADSPA (Linux Audio Developer's Simple Plugin API) plugin. This
filter is reentrant, so multiple LADSPA plugins can be used at once.
``<file>``
Specifies the LADSPA plugin library file.
.. note::
See also the note about the ``LADSPA_PATH`` variable in the
`ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES`_ section.
``<label>``
Specifies the filter within the library. Some libraries contain only
one filter, but others contain many of them. Entering 'help' here
will list all available filters within the specified library, which
eliminates the use of 'listplugins' from the LADSPA SDK.
``[<control0>,<control1>,...]``
Controls are zero or more ``,`` separated floating point values that
determine the behavior of the loaded plugin (for example delay,
threshold or gain).
In verbose mode (add ``-v`` to the mpv command line), all
available controls and their valid ranges are printed. This eliminates
the use of 'analyseplugin' from the LADSPA SDK.
Note that ``,`` is already used by the option parser to separate
filters, so you must quote the list of values with ``[...]`` or
similar.
.. admonition:: Example
``mpv --af=ladspa='/usr/lib/ladspa/delay.so':delay_5s:[0.5,0.2] media.avi``
Does something.
``karaoke``
Simple voice removal filter exploiting the fact that voice is usually
recorded with mono gear and later 'center' mixed onto the final audio
stream. Beware that this filter will turn your signal into mono. Works
well for 2 channel tracks; do not bother trying it on anything but 2
channel stereo.
``scaletempo[=option1:option2:...]``
Scales audio tempo without altering pitch, optionally synced to playback
@@ -332,10 +565,9 @@ Available filters are:
Scale tempo in sync with speed (default).
pitch
Reverses effect of filter. Scales pitch without altering tempo.
Add this to your ``input.conf`` to step by musical semi-tones::
[ multiply speed 0.9438743126816935
] multiply speed 1.059463094352953
Add ``[ multiply speed 0.9438743126816935`` and
``] multiply speed 1.059463094352953`` to your ``input.conf``
to step by musical semi-tones.
.. warning::
@@ -359,36 +591,15 @@ Available filters are:
``mpv --af=scaletempo=stride=30:overlap=.50:search=10 media.ogg``
Would tweak the quality and performance parameters.
``mpv --af=format=float,scaletempo media.ogg``
Would make scaletempo use float code. Maybe faster on some
platforms.
``mpv --af=scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=pitch audio.ogg``
Would play media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at normal pitch.
Changing playback speed would change pitch, leaving audio tempo at
1.2x.
``rubberband``
High quality pitch correction with librubberband. This can be used in place
of ``scaletempo``, and will be used to adjust audio pitch when playing
at speed different from normal. It can also be used to adjust audio pitch
without changing playback speed.
``<pitch-scale>``
Sets the pitch scaling factor. Frequencies are multiplied by this value.
This filter has a number of additional sub-options. You can list them with
``mpv --af=rubberband=help``. This will also show the default values
for each option. The options are not documented here, because they are
merely passed to librubberband. Look at the librubberband documentation
to learn what each option does:
http://breakfastquay.com/rubberband/code-doc/classRubberBand_1_1RubberBandStretcher.html
(The mapping of the mpv rubberband filter sub-option names and values to
those of librubberband follows a simple pattern: ``"Option" + Name + Value``.)
This filter supports the following ``af-command`` commands:
``set-pitch``
Set the ``<pitch-scale>`` argument dynamically. This can be used to
change the playback pitch at runtime. Note that speed is controlled
using the standard ``speed`` property, not ``af-command``.
``lavfi=graph``
Filter audio using FFmpeg's libavfilter.
@@ -403,3 +614,4 @@ Available filters are:
``o=<string>``
AVOptions.
+142 -102
View File
@@ -4,77 +4,141 @@ AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS
Audio output drivers are interfaces to different audio output facilities. The
syntax is:
``--ao=<driver1,driver2,...[,]>``
``--ao=<driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>``
Specify a priority list of audio output drivers to be used.
If the list has a trailing ',', mpv will fall back on drivers not contained
in the list.
in the list. Suboptions are optional and can mostly be omitted.
You can also set defaults for each driver. The defaults are applied before the
normal driver parameters.
``--ao-defaults=<driver1[:parameter1:parameter2:...],driver2,...>``
Set defaults for each driver.
.. note::
See ``--ao=help`` for a list of compiled-in audio output drivers. The
driver ``--ao=alsa`` is preferred. ``--ao=pulse`` is preferred on systems
where PulseAudio is used. On BSD systems, ``--ao=oss`` or ``--ao=sndio``
may work (the latter being experimental).
where PulseAudio is used. On Windows, ``--ao=wasapi`` is preferred,
though it might cause trouble sometimes, in which case ``--ao=dsound``
should be used. On BSD systems, ``--ao=oss`` or `--ao=sndio`` may work
(the latter being experimental). On OS X systems, use ``--ao=coreaudio``.
.. admonition:: Examples
- ``--ao=alsa,oss,`` Try the ALSA driver, then the OSS driver, then others.
- ``--ao=alsa:resample=yes:device=[plughw:0,3]`` Lets ALSA resample and
sets the device-name as first card, fourth device.
Available audio output drivers are:
``alsa`` (Linux only)
ALSA audio output driver
See `ALSA audio output options`_ for options specific to this AO.
``device=<device>``
Sets the device name. For ac3 output via S/PDIF, use an "iec958" or
"spdif" device, unless you really know how to set it correctly.
``resample=yes``
Enable ALSA resampling plugin. (This is disabled by default, because
some drivers report incorrect audio delay in some cases.)
``mixer-device=<device>``
Set the mixer device used with ``--no-softvol`` (default: ``default``).
``mixer-name=<name>``
Set the name of the mixer element (default: ``Master``). This is for
example ``PCM`` or ``Master``.
``mixer-index=<number>``
Set the index of the mixer channel (default: 0). Consider the output of
"``amixer scontrols``", then the index is the number that follows the
name of the element.
``non-interleaved``
Allow output of non-interleaved formats (if the audio decoder uses
this format). Currently disabled by default, because some popular
ALSA plugins are utterly broken with non-interleaved formats.
.. note::
MPlayer and mplayer2 required you to replace any ',' with '.' and
any ':' with '=' in the ALSA device name. mpv does not do this anymore.
Instead, quote the device name:
``--ao=alsa:device=[plug:surround50]``
Note that the ``[`` and ``]`` simply quote the device name. With some
shells (like zsh), you have to quote the option string to prevent the
shell from interpreting the brackets instead of passing them to mpv.
Actually, you should use the ``--audio-device`` option, instead of
setting the device directly.
.. warning::
To get multichannel/surround audio, use ``--audio-channels=auto``. The
default for this option is ``auto-safe``, which makes this audio otuput
explicitly reject multichannel output, as there is no way to detect
whether a certain channel layout is actually supported.
Handling of multichannel/surround audio changed in mpv 0.8.0 from the
behavior in MPlayer/mplayer2 and older versions of mpv.
You can also try `using the upmix plugin <http://git.io/vfuAy>`_.
This setup enables multichannel audio on the ``default`` device
with automatic upmixing with shared access, so playing stereo
and multichannel audio at the same time will work as expected.
The old behavior is that the player always downmixed to stereo by
default. The ``--audio-channels`` (or ``--channels`` before that) option
had to be set to get multichannel audio. Then playing stereo would
use the ``default`` device (which typically allows multiple programs
to play audio at the same time via dmix), while playing anything with
more channels would open one of the hardware devices, e.g. via the
``surround51`` alias (typically with exclusive access). Whether the
player would use exclusive access or not would depend on the file
being played.
The new behavior since mpv 0.8.0 always enables multichannel audio,
i.e. ``--audio-channels=auto`` is the default. However, since ALSA
provides no good way to play multichannel audio in a non-exclusive
way (without blocking other applications from using audio), the player
is restricted to the capabilities of the ``default`` device by default,
which means it supports only stereo and mono (at least with current
typical ALSA configurations). But if a hardware device is selected,
then multichannel audio will typically work.
The short story is: if you want multichannel audio with ALSA, use
``--audio-device`` to select the device (use ``--audio-device=help``
to get a list of all devices and their mpv name).
You can also try
`Using the upmix plugin <https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/ALSA:-Surround-Sound-and-Upmixing>`_.
``oss``
OSS audio output driver
The following global options are supported by this audio output:
``--oss-device``
``<dsp-device>``
Sets the audio output device (default: ``/dev/dsp``).
Deprecated, use ``--audio-device``.
``--oss-mixer-device``
``<mixer-device>``
Sets the audio mixer device (default: ``/dev/mixer``).
``--oss-mixer-channel``
``<mixer-channel>``
Sets the audio mixer channel (default: ``pcm``). Other valid values
include **vol, pcm, line**. For a complete list of options look for
``SOUND_DEVICE_NAMES`` in ``/usr/include/linux/soundcard.h``.
``jack``
JACK (Jack Audio Connection Kit) audio output driver.
JACK (Jack Audio Connection Kit) audio output driver
The following global options are supported by this audio output:
``--jack-port=<name>``
``port=<name>``
Connects to the ports with the given name (default: physical ports).
``--jack-name=<client>``
``name=<client>``
Client name that is passed to JACK (default: ``mpv``). Useful
if you want to have certain connections established automatically.
``--jack-autostart=<yes|no>``
``(no-)autostart``
Automatically start jackd if necessary (default: disabled). Note that
this tends to be unreliable and will flood stdout with server messages.
``--jack-connect=<yes|no>``
``(no-)connect``
Automatically create connections to output ports (default: enabled).
When enabled, the maximum number of output channels will be limited to
the number of available output ports.
``--jack-std-channel-layout=<waveext|any>``
Select the standard channel layout (default: waveext). JACK itself has no
``std-channel-layout=alsa|waveext|any``
Select the standard channel layout (default: alsa). JACK itself has no
notion of channel layouts (i.e. assigning which speaker a given
channel is supposed to map to) - it just takes whatever the application
outputs, and reroutes it to whatever the user defines. This means the
user and the application are in charge of dealing with the channel
layout. ``waveext`` uses WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE order, which, even
layout. ``alsa`` uses the old MPlayer layout, which is inspired by
ALSA's standard layouts. In this mode, ao_jack will refuse to play 3
or 7 channels (because these do not really have a defined meaning in
MPlayer). ``waveext`` uses WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE order, which, even
though it was defined by Microsoft, is the standard on many systems.
The value ``any`` makes JACK accept whatever comes from the audio
filter chain, regardless of channel layout and without reordering. This
@@ -88,27 +152,12 @@ Available audio output drivers are:
Automatically redirects to ``coreaudio_exclusive`` when playing compressed
formats.
The following global options are supported by this audio output:
``--coreaudio-change-physical-format=<yes|no>``
Change the physical format to one similar to the requested audio format
(default: no). This has the advantage that multichannel audio output
will actually work. The disadvantage is that it will change the
system-wide audio settings. This is equivalent to changing the ``Format``
setting in the ``Audio Devices`` dialog in the ``Audio MIDI Setup``
utility. Note that this does not affect the selected speaker setup.
``--coreaudio-exclusive``
Deprecated, use ``--audio-exclusive``.
Use exclusive mode access. This merely redirects to
``coreaudio_exclusive``, but should be preferred over using that AO
directly.
``coreaudio_exclusive`` (Mac OS X only)
Native Mac OS X audio output driver using direct device access and
exclusive mode (bypasses the sound server).
Supports only compressed formats (AC3 and DTS).
``openal``
Experimental OpenAL audio output driver
@@ -118,21 +167,18 @@ Available audio output drivers are:
``pulse``
PulseAudio audio output driver
The following global options are supported by this audio output:
``--pulse-host=<host>``, ``--pulse-sink=<sink>``
``[<host>][:<output sink>]``
Specify the host and optionally output sink to use. An empty <host>
string uses a local connection, "localhost" uses network transfer
(most likely not what you want).
Deprecated, use ``--audio-device``.
``--pulse-buffer=<1-2000|native>``
``buffer=<1-2000|native>``
Set the audio buffer size in milliseconds. A higher value buffers
more data, and has a lower probability of buffer underruns. A smaller
value makes the audio stream react faster, e.g. to playback speed
changes. Default: 250.
``--pulse-latency-hacks=<yes|no>``
``latency-hacks=<yes|no>``
Enable hacks to workaround PulseAudio timing bugs (default: no). If
enabled, mpv will do elaborate latency calculations on its own. If
disabled, it will use PulseAudio automatically updated timing
@@ -141,7 +187,19 @@ Available audio output drivers are:
(it used to be required to get good behavior on old PulseAudio versions).
If you have stuttering video when using pulse, try to enable this
option. (Or try to update PulseAudio.)
option. (Or alternatively, try to update PulseAudio.)
``dsound`` (Windows only)
DirectX DirectSound audio output driver
.. note:: This driver is for compatibility with old systems.
``device=<devicenum>``
Sets the device number to use. Playing a file with ``-v`` will show a
list of available devices.
``buffersize=<ms>``
DirectSound buffer size in milliseconds (default: 200).
``sdl``
SDL 1.2+ audio output driver. Should work on any platform supported by SDL
@@ -152,67 +210,57 @@ Available audio output drivers are:
environments, such as systems where none of the other drivers
are available.
The following global options are supported by this audio output:
``--sdl-buflen=<length>``
``buflen=<length>``
Sets the audio buffer length in seconds. Is used only as a hint by the
sound system. Playing a file with ``-v`` will show the requested and
obtained exact buffer size. A value of 0 selects the sound system
default.
``--sdl-bufcnt=<count>``
``bufcnt=<count>``
Sets the number of extra audio buffers in mpv. Usually needs not be
changed.
``null``
Produces no audio output but maintains video playback speed. You can use
``--ao=null --ao-null-untimed`` for benchmarking.
Produces no audio output but maintains video playback speed. Use
``--ao=null:untimed`` for benchmarking.
The following global options are supported by this audio output:
``--ao-null-untimed``
``untimed``
Do not simulate timing of a perfect audio device. This means audio
decoding will go as fast as possible, instead of timing it to the
system clock.
``--ao-null-buffer``
``buffer``
Simulated buffer length in seconds.
``--ao-null-outburst``
``outburst``
Simulated chunk size in samples.
``--ao-null-speed``
``speed``
Simulated audio playback speed as a multiplier. Usually, a real audio
device will not go exactly as fast as the system clock. It will deviate
just a little, and this option helps to simulate this.
just a little, and this option helps simulating this.
``--ao-null-latency``
``latency``
Simulated device latency. This is additional to EOF.
``--ao-null-broken-eof``
``broken-eof``
Simulate broken audio drivers, which always add the fixed device
latency to the reported audio playback position.
``--ao-null-broken-delay``
``broken-delay``
Simulate broken audio drivers, which don't report latency correctly.
``--ao-null-channel-layouts``
If not empty, this is a ``,`` separated list of channel layouts the
AO allows. This can be used to test channel layout selection.
``pcm``
Raw PCM/WAVE file writer audio output
The following global options are supported by this audio output:
``--ao-pcm-waveheader=<yes|no>``
``(no-)waveheader``
Include or do not include the WAVE header (default: included). When
not included, raw PCM will be generated.
``--ao-pcm-file=<filename>``
``file=<filename>``
Write the sound to ``<filename>`` instead of the default
``audiodump.wav``. If ``no-waveheader`` is specified, the default is
``audiodump.pcm``.
``--ao-pcm-append=<yes|no>``
``(no-)append``
Append to the file, instead of overwriting it. Always use this with the
``no-waveheader`` option - with ``waveheader`` it's broken, because
it will write a WAVE header every time the file is opened.
@@ -224,19 +272,14 @@ Available audio output drivers are:
confused with RoarAudio, which is something completely
different.
The following global options are supported by this audio output:
``--rsound-host=<name/path>``
``host=<name/path>``
Set the address of the server (default: localhost). Can be either a
network hostname for TCP connections or a Unix domain socket path
starting with '/'.
``--rsound-port=<number>``
``port=<number>``
Set the TCP port used for connecting to the server (default: 12345).
Not used if connecting to a Unix domain socket.
These options are deprecated. If anyone cares enough, their functionality
can be added back using ``--audio-device``.
``sndio``
Audio output to the OpenBSD sndio sound system
@@ -245,28 +288,25 @@ Available audio output drivers are:
(Note: only supports mono, stereo, 4.0, 5.1 and 7.1 channel
layouts.)
The following global options are supported by this audio output:
``--ao-sndio-device=<device>``
``device=<device>``
sndio device to use (default: ``$AUDIODEVICE``, resp. ``snd0``).
Deprecated, use ``--audio-device``.
``wasapi``
Audio output to the Windows Audio Session API.
The following global options are supported by this audio output:
``device=<id>``
Uses the requested endpoint instead of the system's default audio
endpoint. Both the number and the ID String are valid; the ID String
is guaranteed to not change unless the driver is uninstalled.
``--ao-wasapi-exclusive``
Deprecated, use ``--audio-exclusive``.
Also supports searching active devices by name. If more than one
device matches the name, refuses loading it.
To get a list of the valid devices, give ``help`` as the id. The
list is the same as the ``list`` suboption, but stops the player
initialization.
``exclusive``
Requests exclusive, direct hardware access. By definition prevents
sound playback of any other program until mpv exits.
``--ao-wasapi-device=<id>``
Deprecated, use ``--audio-device``.
Uses the requested endpoint instead of the system's default audio
endpoint. Both an ordinal number (0,1,2,...) and the GUID
String are valid; the GUID string is guaranteed to not change
unless the driver is uninstalled.
Also supports searching active devices by human-readable name. If more
than one device matches the name, refuses loading it.
``list``
Lists all audio endpoints (output devices) present in the system.
+1 -6
View File
@@ -8,11 +8,6 @@ There is no real changelog, but you can look at the following things:
https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/releases
* The git log, which is the "real" changelog
* The files ``client-api-changes.rst`` and ``interface-changes.rst`` in the
``DOCS`` sub directoryon the git repository, which document API and user
interface changes (the latter usually documents breaking changes only, rather
than additions).
* The file ``mplayer-changes.rst`` in the ``DOCS`` sub directory on the git
repository, which used to be in place of this section. It documents some
changes that happened since mplayer2 forked off MPlayer. (Not updated
anymore.)
changes that happened since mplayer2 forked off MPlayer.
+5 -5
View File
@@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ You can encode files from one format/codec to another using this facility.
Completely empties the options list.
``--oafirst``
Force the audio stream to become the first stream in the output.
By default, the order is unspecified.
Force the audio stream to become the first stream in the output. By default
the order is unspecified.
``--ovc=<codec>``
Specifies the output video codec. This can be a comma separated list of
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ You can encode files from one format/codec to another using this facility.
.. admonition:: Examples
``"--ovc=mpeg4 --ovcopts=qscale=5"``
``"--ovc=mpeg4 --oacopts=qscale=5"``
selects constant quantizer scale 5 for MPEG-4 encoding.
``"--ovc=libx264 --ovcopts=crf=23"``
@@ -134,8 +134,8 @@ You can encode files from one format/codec to another using this facility.
Completely empties the options list.
``--ovfirst``
Force the video stream to become the first stream in the output.
By default, the order is unspecified.
Force the video stream to become the first stream in the output. By default
the order is unspecified.
``--ocopyts``
Copies input pts to the output video (not supported by some output
+352 -841
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large. Load diff
+21 -59
View File
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
JSON IPC
========
mpv can be controlled by external programs using the JSON-based IPC protocol.
It can be enabled by specifying the path to a unix socket or a named pipe using
the option ``--input-ipc-server``. Clients can connect to this socket and send
commands to the player or receive events from it.
mpv can be controlled by external programs using the JSON-based IPC protocol. It
can be enabled by specifying the path to a unix socket using the option
``--input-unix-socket``. Clients can connect to this socket and send commands to
the player or receive events from it.
.. warning::
@@ -17,12 +17,12 @@ commands to the player or receive events from it.
Socat example
-------------
You can use the ``socat`` tool to send commands (and receive replies) from the
You can use the ``socat`` tool to send commands (and receive reply) from the
shell. Assuming mpv was started with:
::
mpv file.mkv --input-ipc-server=/tmp/mpvsocket
mpv file.mkv --input-unix-socket=/tmp/mpvsocket
Then you can control it using socat:
@@ -41,36 +41,11 @@ It's also possible to send input.conf style text-only commands:
::
> echo 'show-text ${playback-time}' | socat - /tmp/mpvsocket
> echo 'show_text ${playback-time}' | socat - /tmp/mpvsocket
But you won't get a reply over the socket. (This particular command shows the
playback time on the player's OSD.)
Command Prompt example
----------------------
Unfortunately, it's not as easy to test the IPC protocol on Windows, since
Windows ports of socat (in Cygwin and MSYS2) don't understand named pipes. In
the absence of a simple tool to send and receive from bidirectional pipes, the
``echo`` command can be used to send commands, but not receive replies from the
command prompt.
Assuming mpv was started with:
::
mpv file.mkv --input-ipc-server=\\.\pipe\mpvsocket
You can send commands from a command prompt:
::
echo show-text ${playback-time} >\\.\pipe\mpvsocket
To be able to simultaneously read and write from the IPC pipe, like on Linux,
it's necessary to write an external program that uses overlapped file I/O (or
some wrapper like .NET's NamedPipeClientStream.)
Protocol
--------
@@ -104,30 +79,9 @@ mpv will also send events to clients with JSON messages of the following form:
where ``event_name`` is the name of the event. Additional event-specific fields
can also be present. See `List of events`_ for a list of all supported events.
Because events can occur at any time, it may be difficult at times to determine
which response goes with which command. Commands may optionally include a
``request_id`` which, if provided in the command request, will be copied
verbatim into the response. mpv does not intrepret the ``request_id`` in any
way; it is solely for the use of the requester.
For example, this request:
::
{ "command": ["get_property", "time-pos"], "request_id": 100 }
Would generate this response:
::
{ "error": "success", "data": 1.468135, "request_id": 100 }
All commands, replies, and events are separated from each other with a line
break character (``\n``).
If the first character (after skipping whitespace) is not ``{``, the command
will be interpreted as non-JSON text command, as they are used in input.conf
(or ``mpv_command_string()`` in the client API). Additionally, lines starting
(or ``mpv_command_string()`` in the client API). Additionally, line starting
with ``#`` and empty lines are ignored.
Currently, embedded 0 bytes terminate the current line, but you should not
@@ -136,7 +90,7 @@ rely on this.
Commands
--------
In addition to the commands described in `List of Input Commands`_, a few
Additionally to the commands described in `List of Input Commands`_, a few
extra commands can also be used as part of the protocol:
``client_name``
@@ -214,7 +168,7 @@ extra commands can also be used as part of the protocol:
``unobserve_property``
Undo ``observe_property`` or ``observe_property_string``. This requires the
numeric id passed to the observed command as argument.
numeric id passed to the observe command as argument.
Example:
@@ -241,11 +195,19 @@ extra commands can also be used as part of the protocol:
By default, most events are enabled, and there is not much use for this
command.
``suspend``
Suspend the mpv main loop. There is a long-winded explanation of this in
the C API function ``mpv_suspend()``. In short, this prevents the player
from displaying the next video frame, so that you don't get blocked when
trying to access the player.
``resume``
Undo one ``suspend`` call. ``suspend`` increments an internal counter, and
``resume`` decrements it. When 0 is reached, the player is actually resumed.
``get_version``
Returns the client API version the C API of the remote mpv instance
provides.
See also: ``DOCS/client-api-changes.rst``.
provides. (Also see ``DOCS/client-api-changes.rst``.)
UTF-8
-----
-75
View File
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
EMBEDDING INTO OTHER PROGRAMS (LIBMPV)
======================================
mpv can be embedded into other programs as video/audio playback backend. The
recommended way to do so is using libmpv. See ``libmpv/client.h`` in the mpv
source code repository. This provides a C API. Bindings for other languages
might be available (see wiki).
Since libmpv merely allows access to underlying mechanisms that can control
mpv, further documentation is spread over a few places:
- https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/libmpv/client.h
- http://mpv.io/manual/master/#options
- http://mpv.io/manual/master/#list-of-input-commands
- http://mpv.io/manual/master/#properties
- https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv-examples/tree/master/libmpv
C PLUGINS
=========
You can write C plugins for mpv. These use the libmpv API, although they do not
use the libmpv library itself.
Currently, they must be explicitly enabled at build time with
``--enable-cplugins``. They are available on Linux/BSD platforms only.
C plugins location
------------------
C plugins are put into the mpv scripts directory in its config directory
(see the `FILES`_ section for details). They must have a ``.so`` file extension.
They can also be explicitly loaded with the ``--script`` option.
API
---
A C plugin must export the following function::
int mpv_open_cplugin(mpv_handle *handle)
The plugin function will be called on loading time. This function does not
return as long as your plugin is loaded (it runs in its own thread). The
``handle`` will be deallocated as soon as the plugin function returns.
The return value is interpreted as error status. A value of ``0`` is
interpreted as success, while ``-1`` signals an error. In the latter case,
the player prints an uninformative error message that loading failed.
Return values other than ``0`` and ``-1`` are reserved, and trigger undefined
behavior.
Within the plugin function, you can call libmpv API functions. The ``handle``
is created by ``mpv_create_client()`` (or actually an internal equivalent),
and belongs to you. You can call ``mpv_wait_event()`` to wait for things
happening, and so on.
Note that the player might block until your plugin calls ``mpv_wait_event()``
for the first time. This gives you a chance to install initial hooks etc.
before playback begins.
The details are quite similar to Lua scripts.
Linkage to libmpv
-----------------
The current implementation requires that your plugins are **not** linked against
libmpv. What your plugins uses are not symbols from a libmpv binary, but
symbols from the mpv host binary.
Examples
--------
See:
- https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv-examples/tree/master/cplugins
+38 -114
View File
@@ -43,8 +43,9 @@ timers added with ``mp.add_timeout`` or similar.
When the player quits, all scripts will be asked to terminate. This happens via
a ``shutdown`` event, which by default will make the event loop return. If your
script got into an endless loop, mpv will probably behave fine during playback,
but it won't terminate when quitting, because it's waiting on your script.
script got into an endless loop, mpv will probably behave fine during playback
(unless the player is suspended, see ``mp.suspend``), but it won't terminate
when quitting, because it's waiting on your script.
Internally, the C code will call the Lua function ``mp_event_loop`` after
loading a Lua script. This function is normally defined by the default prelude
@@ -72,10 +73,6 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
Run the given command. This is similar to the commands used in input.conf.
See `List of Input Commands`_.
By default, this will show something on the OSD (depending on the command),
as if it was used in ``input.conf``. See `Input Command Prefixes`_ how
to influence OSD usage per command.
Returns ``true`` on success, or ``nil, error`` on error.
``mp.commandv(arg1, arg2, ...)``
@@ -97,9 +94,6 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
the ``expand-properties`` prefix, or the ``mp.get_property`` family of
functions.
Unlike ``mp.command``, this will not use OSD by default either (except
for some OSD-specific commands).
``mp.command_native(table [,def])``
Similar to ``mp.commandv``, but pass the argument list as table. This has
the advantage that in at least some cases, arguments can be passed as
@@ -174,7 +168,7 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
Similar to ``mp.set_property``, but set the given property using its native
type.
Since there are several data types which cannot represented natively in
Since there are several data types which can not represented natively in
Lua, this might not always work as expected. For example, while the Lua
wrapper can do some guesswork to decide whether a Lua table is an array
or a map, this would fail with empty tables. Also, there are not many
@@ -191,14 +185,13 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
Register callback to be run on a key binding. The binding will be mapped to
the given ``key``, which is a string describing the physical key. This uses
the same key names as in input.conf, and also allows combinations
(e.g. ``ctrl+a``). If the key is empty or ``nil``, no physical key is
registered, but the user still can create own bindings (see below).
(e.g. ``ctrl+a``).
After calling this function, key presses will cause the function ``fn`` to
be called (unless the user remapped the key with another binding).
The ``name`` argument should be a short symbolic string. It allows the user
to remap the key binding via input.conf using the ``script-message``
to remap the key binding via input.conf using the ``script_message``
command, and the name of the key binding (see below for
an example). The name should be unique across other bindings in the same
script - if not, the previous binding with the same name will be
@@ -220,8 +213,8 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
has an ``is_mouse`` entry, which tells whether the event was caused
by a mouse button.
Internally, key bindings are dispatched via the ``script-message-to`` or
``script-binding`` input commands and ``mp.register_script_message``.
Internally, key bindings are dispatched via the ``script_message_to`` or
``script_binding`` input commands and ``mp.register_script_message``.
Trying to map multiple commands to a key will essentially prefer a random
binding, while the other bindings are not called. It is guaranteed that
@@ -240,11 +233,11 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
This will print the message ``the key was pressed`` when ``x`` was pressed.
The user can remap these key bindings. Then the user has to put the
following into their input.conf to remap the command to the ``y`` key:
following into his input.conf to remap the command to the ``y`` key:
::
y script-binding something
y script_binding something
This will print the message when the key ``y`` is pressed. (``x`` will
@@ -255,11 +248,11 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
::
y script-binding fooscript/something
y script_binding fooscript.something
``mp.add_forced_key_binding(...)``
This works almost the same as ``mp.add_key_binding``, but registers the
key binding in a way that will overwrite the user's custom bindings in their
key binding in a way that will overwrite the user's custom bindings in his
input.conf. (``mp.add_key_binding`` overwrites default key bindings only,
but not those by the user's input.conf.)
@@ -333,6 +326,7 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
the timer is re-added after the function fn is run.
Returns a timer object. The timer object provides the following methods:
``stop()``
Disable the timer. Does nothing if the timer is already disabled.
This will remember the current elapsed time when stopping, so that
@@ -349,10 +343,6 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
with ``add_timeout()``), this starts the timer from the beginning,
using the initially configured timeout.
``is_enabled()``
Whether the timer is currently enabled or was previously disabled
(e.g. by ``stop()`` or ``kill()``).
``timeout`` (RW)
This field contains the current timeout period. This value is not
updated as time progresses. It's only used to calculate when the
@@ -367,23 +357,6 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
(``true``). This value is used when the timer expires (but before
the timer callback function fn is run).
Note that these are method, and you have to call them using ``:`` instead
of ``.`` (Refer to http://www.lua.org/manual/5.2/manual.html#3.4.9 .)
Example:
::
seconds = 0
timer = mp.add_periodic_timer(1, function()
print("called every second")
# stop it after 10 seconds
seconds = seconds + 1
if seconds >= 10 then
timer:kill()
end
end)
``mp.get_opt(key)``
Return a setting from the ``--script-opts`` option. It's up to the user and
@@ -393,7 +366,7 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
``mp.get_script_name()``
Return the name of the current script. The name is usually made of the
filename of the script, with directory and file extension removed. If
there are several scripts which would have the same name, it's made unique
there are several script which would have the same name, it's made unique
by appending a number.
.. admonition:: Example
@@ -411,16 +384,25 @@ These also live in the ``mp`` module, but are documented separately as they
are useful only in special situations.
``mp.suspend()``
This function has been deprecated in mpv 0.21.0 and does nothing starting
with mpv 0.23.0 (no replacement).
Suspend the mpv main loop. There is a long-winded explanation of this in
the C API function ``mpv_suspend()``. In short, this prevents the player
from displaying the next video frame, so that you don't get blocked when
trying to access the player.
This is automatically called by the event handler.
``mp.resume()``
This function has been deprecated in mpv 0.21.0 and does nothing starting
with mpv 0.23.0 (no replacement).
Undo one ``mp.suspend()`` call. ``mp.suspend()`` increments an internal
counter, and ``mp.resume()`` decrements it. When 0 is reached, the player
is actually resumed.
``mp.resume_all()``
This function has been deprecated in mpv 0.21.0 and does nothing starting
with mpv 0.23.0 (no replacement).
This resets the internal suspend counter and resumes the player. (It's
like calling ``mp.resume()`` until the player is actually resumed.)
You might want to call this if you're about to do something that takes a
long time, but doesn't really need access to the player (like a network
operation). Note that you still can access the player at any time.
``mp.get_wakeup_pipe()``
Calls ``mpv_get_wakeup_pipe()`` and returns the read end of the wakeup
@@ -444,17 +426,7 @@ are useful only in special situations.
``mp.get_wakeup_pipe()`` if you're interested in properly working
notification of new events and working timers.
``mp.register_idle(fn)``
Register an event loop idle handler. Idle handlers are called before the
script goes to sleep after handling all new events. This can be used for
example to delay processing of property change events: if you're observing
multiple properties at once, you might not want to act on each property
change, but only when all change notifications have been received.
``mp.unregister_idle(fn)``
Undo ``mp.register_idle(fn)``. This removes all idle handlers that
are equal to the ``fn`` parameter. This uses normal Lua ``==`` comparison,
so be careful when dealing with closures.
This function calls ``mp.suspend()`` and ``mp.resume_all()`` on its own.
``mp.enable_messages(level)``
Set the minimum log level of which mpv message output to receive. These
@@ -464,9 +436,9 @@ are useful only in special situations.
The level is a string, see ``msg.log`` for allowed log levels.
``mp.register_script_message(name, fn)``
This is a helper to dispatch ``script-message`` or ``script-message-to``
invocations to Lua functions. ``fn`` is called if ``script-message`` or
``script-message-to`` (with this script as destination) is run
This is a helper to dispatch ``script_message`` or ``script_message_to``
invocations to Lua functions. ``fn`` is called if ``script_message`` or
``script_message_to`` (with this script as destination) is run
with ``name`` as first parameter. The other parameters are passed to ``fn``.
If a message with the given name is already registered, it's overwritten.
@@ -523,8 +495,8 @@ Example implementation::
optionB = -0.5,
optionC = true,
}
read_options(options, "myscript")
print(options.optionA)
options.read_options(options, "myscript")
print(option.optionA)
The config file will be stored in ``lua-settings/identifier.conf`` in mpv's user
@@ -547,8 +519,8 @@ Example command-line::
--script-opts=myscript-optionA=TEST,myscript-optionB=0,myscript-optionC=yes
mp.utils functions
------------------
mp.utils options
----------------
This built-in module provides generic helper functions for Lua, and have
strictly speaking nothing to do with mpv or video/audio playback. They are
@@ -635,20 +607,7 @@ strictly part of the guaranteed API.
On Windows, ``killed`` is only returned when the process has been
killed by mpv as a result of ``cancellable`` being set to ``true``.
``killed_by_us``
Set to ``true`` if the process has been killed by mpv as a result
of ``cancellable`` being set to ``true``.
``utils.subprocess_detached(t)``
Runs an external process and detaches it from mpv's control.
The parameter ``t`` is a table. The function reads the following entries:
``args``
Array of strings of the same semantics as the ``args`` used in the
``subprocess`` function.
The function returns ``nil``.
In all cases, ``mp.resume_all()`` is implicitly called.
``utils.parse_json(str [, trail])``
Parses the given string argument as JSON, and returns it as a Lua table. On
@@ -664,14 +623,6 @@ strictly part of the guaranteed API.
trailing text is returned as 3rd return value. (The 3rd return value is
always there, but with ``trail`` set, no error is raised.)
``utils.format_json(v)``
Format the given Lua table (or value) as a JSON string and return it. On
error, returns ``nil, error``. (Errors usually only happen on value types
incompatible with JSON.)
The argument value uses similar conventions as ``mp.set_property_native()``
to distinguish empty objects and arrays.
``utils.to_string(v)``
Turn the given value into a string. Formats tables and their contents. This
doesn't do anything special; it is only needed because Lua is terrible.
@@ -708,33 +659,6 @@ List of events
Happens after a file was unloaded. Typically, the player will load the
next file right away, or quit if this was the last file.
The event has the ``reason`` field, which takes one of these values:
``eof``
The file has ended. This can (but doesn't have to) include
incomplete files or broken network connections under
circumstances.
``stop``
Playback was ended by a command.
``quit``
Playback was ended by sending the quit command.
``error``
An error happened. In this case, an ``error`` field is present with
the error string.
``redirect``
Happens with playlists and similar. Details see
``MPV_END_FILE_REASON_REDIRECT`` in the C API.
``unknown``
Unknown. Normally doesn't happen, unless the Lua API is out of sync
with the C API. (Likewise, it could happen that your script gets
reason strings that did not exist yet at the time your script was
written.)
``file-loaded``
Happens after a file was loaded and begins playback.
+142 -334
View File
@@ -9,8 +9,6 @@ a media player
:Manual section: 1
:Manual group: multimedia
.. contents:: Table of Contents
SYNOPSIS
========
@@ -34,14 +32,8 @@ INTERACTIVE CONTROL
===================
mpv has a fully configurable, command-driven control layer which allows you
to control mpv using keyboard, mouse, or remote control (there is no
LIRC support - configure remotes as input devices instead).
See the ``--input-`` options for ways to customize it.
The following listings are not necessarily complete. See ``etc/input.conf`` for
a list of default bindings. User ``input.conf`` files and Lua scripts can
define additional key bindings.
to control mpv using keyboard, mouse, joystick or remote control (with
LIRC). See the ``--input-`` options for ways to customize it.
Keyboard Control
----------------
@@ -56,7 +48,7 @@ UP and DOWN
Ctrl+LEFT and Ctrl+RIGHT
Seek to the previous/next subtitle. Subject to some restrictions and
might not always work; see ``sub-seek`` command.
might not work always; see ``sub_seek`` command.
[ and ]
Decrease/increase current playback speed by 10%.
@@ -122,7 +114,11 @@ o (also P)
Show progression bar, elapsed time and total duration on the OSD.
O
Toggle OSD states between normal and playback time/duration.
Toggle OSD states: none / seek / seek + timer / seek + timer + total time.
d
Toggle frame dropping states: none / skip display / skip decoding (see
``--framedrop``).
v
Toggle subtitle visibility.
@@ -134,22 +130,14 @@ x and z
Adjust subtitle delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.
l
Set/clear A-B loop points. See ``ab-loop`` command for details.
L
Toggle infinite looping.
Set/clear A-B loop points. See ``ab_loop`` command for details.
Ctrl + and Ctrl -
Adjust audio delay (A/V sync) by +/- 0.1 seconds.
u
Switch between applying no style overrides to SSA/ASS subtitles, and
overriding them almost completely with the normal subtitle style. See
``--sub-ass-style-override`` for more info.
Adjust audio delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.
V
Toggle subtitle VSFilter aspect compatibility mode. See
``--sub-ass-vsfilter-aspect-compat`` for more info.
``--ass-vsfilter-aspect-compat`` for more info.
r and t
Move subtitles up/down.
@@ -161,10 +149,6 @@ S
Take a screenshot, without subtitles. (Whether this works depends on VO
driver support.)
Ctrl s
Take a screenshot, as the window shows it (with subtitles, OSD, and scaled
video).
I
Show filename on the OSD.
@@ -177,7 +161,7 @@ Shift+PGUP and Shift+PGDWN
Seek backward or forward by 10 minutes. (This used to be mapped to
PGUP/PGDWN without Shift.)
d
D
Activate/deactivate deinterlacer.
A
@@ -198,18 +182,25 @@ corresponding adjustment, or the software equalizer (``--vf=eq``).)
7 and 8
Adjust saturation.
Alt+0 (and command+0 on OSX)
Resize video window to half its original size.
(The following keys are valid only on OS X.)
Alt+1 (and command+1 on OSX)
command + 0
Resize video window to half its original size.
(On other platforms, you can bind keys to change the ``window-scale``
property.)
command + 1
Resize video window to its original size.
Alt+2 (and command+2 on OSX)
command + 2
Resize video window to double its original size.
command + f (OSX only)
command + f
Toggle fullscreen (see also ``--fs``).
command + [ and command + ]
Set video window alpha.
(The following keys are valid if you have a keyboard with multimedia keys.)
PAUSE
@@ -225,10 +216,7 @@ PREVIOUS and NEXT
support.)
h and k
Select previous/next tv-channel.
H and K
Select previous/next dvb-channel.
Select previous/next channel.
Mouse Control
-------------
@@ -243,16 +231,6 @@ button 5 and button 6
USAGE
=====
Command line arguments starting with ``-`` are interpreted as options,
everything else as filenames or URLs. All options except *flag* options (or
choice options which include ``yes``) require a parameter in the form
``--option=value``.
One exception is the lone ``-`` (without anything else), which means media data
will be read from stdin. Also, ``--`` (without anything else) will make the
player interpret all following arguments as filenames, even if they start with
``-``. (To play a file named ``-``, you need to use ``./-``.)
Every *flag* option has a *no-flag* counterpart, e.g. the opposite of the
``--fs`` option is ``--no-fs``. ``--fs=yes`` is same as ``--fs``, ``--fs=no``
is the same as ``--no-fs``.
@@ -260,24 +238,6 @@ is the same as ``--no-fs``.
If an option is marked as *(XXX only)*, it will only work in combination with
the *XXX* option or if *XXX* is compiled in.
Legacy option syntax
--------------------
The ``--option=value`` syntax is not strictly enforced, and the alternative
legacy syntax ``-option value`` and ``--option value`` will also work. This is
mostly for compatibility with MPlayer. Using these should be avoided. Their
semantics can change any time in the future.
For example, the alternative syntax will consider an argument following the
option a filename. ``mpv -fs no`` will attempt to play a file named ``no``,
because ``--fs`` is a flag option that requires no parameter. If an option
changes and its parameter becomes optional, then a command line using the
alternative syntax will break.
Currently, the parser makes no difference whether an option starts with ``--``
or a single ``-``. This might also change in the future, and ``--option value``
might always interpret ``value`` as filename in order to reduce ambiguities.
Escaping spaces and other special characters
--------------------------------------------
@@ -292,52 +252,50 @@ parser puts several options into a single string, and passes them to a
component at once, instead of using multiple options on the level of the
command line.
The suboption parser can quote strings with ``"`` and ``[...]``.
The suboption parser can quote strings with ``"``, ``'``, and ``[...]``.
Additionally, there is a special form of quoting with ``%n%`` described below.
For example, assume the hypothetical ``foo`` filter can take multiple options:
For example, the ``opengl`` VO can take multiple options:
``mpv test.mkv --vf=foo:option1=value1:option2:option3=value3,bar``
``mpv test.mkv --vo=opengl:scale=lanczos:icc-profile=file.icc,xv``
This passes ``option1`` and ``option3`` to the ``foo`` filter, with ``option2``
as flag (implicitly ``option2=yes``), and adds a ``bar`` filter after that. If
an option contains spaces or characters like ``,`` or ``:``, you need to quote
them:
This passes ``scale=lanczos`` and ``icc-profile=file.icc`` to ``opengl``,
and also specifies ``xv`` as fallback VO. If the icc-profile path contains
spaces or characters like ``,`` or ``:``, you need to quote them:
``mpv '--vf=foo:option1="option value with spaces",bar'``
``mpv '--vo=opengl:icc-profile="file with spaces.icc",xv'``
Shells may actually strip some quotes from the string passed to the commandline,
so the example quotes the string twice, ensuring that mpv receives the ``"``
so the example quotes the string twice, ensuring that mpv recieves the ``"``
quotes.
The ``[...]`` form of quotes wraps everything between ``[`` and ``]``. It's
The ``[...]`` from of quotes wraps everything between ``[`` and ``]``. It's
useful with shells that don't interpret these characters in the middle of
an argument (like bash). These quotes are balanced (since mpv 0.9.0): the ``[``
and ``]`` nest, and the quote terminates on the last ``]`` that has no matching
``[`` within the string. (For example, ``[a[b]c]`` results in ``a[b]c``.)
an argument (like bash).
The fixed-length quoting syntax is intended for use with external
scripts and programs.
A special kind of string-escaping intended for use with external scripts and
programs is started with ``%``.
It is started with ``%`` and has the following format::
It has the following format::
%n%string_of_length_n
.. admonition:: Examples
``mpv '--vf=foo:option1=%11%quoted text' test.avi``
``mpv --ao=pcm:file=%10%C:test.wav test.avi``
Or in a script:
``mpv --vf=foo:option1=%`expr length "$NAME"`%"$NAME" test.avi``
``mpv --ao=pcm:file=%`expr length "$NAME"`%"$NAME" test.avi``
Suboptions passed to the client API are also subject to escaping. Using
``mpv_set_option_string()`` is exactly like passing ``--name=data`` to the
command line (but without shell processing of the string). Some options
support passing values in a more structured way instead of flat strings, and
can avoid the suboption parsing mess. For example, ``--vf`` supports
``MPV_FORMAT_NODE``, which lets you pass suboptions as a nested data structure
of maps and arrays.
``MPV_FORMAT_NODE``, which let's you pass suboptions as a nested data structure
of maps and arrays. (``--vo`` supports this in the same way, although this
fact is undocumented.)
Paths
-----
@@ -347,41 +305,19 @@ example, paths starting with ``-`` will be interpreted as options. Likewise,
if a path contains the sequence ``://``, the string before that might be
interpreted as protocol prefix, even though ``://`` can be part of a legal
UNIX path. To avoid problems with arbitrary paths, you should be sure that
absolute paths passed to mpv start with ``/``, and prefix relative paths with
``./``.
Using the ``file://`` pseudo-protocol is discouraged, because it involves
strange URL unescaping rules.
absolute paths passed to mpv start with ``/``, and relative paths with ``./``.
The name ``-`` itself is interpreted as stdin, and will cause mpv to disable
console controls. (Which makes it suitable for playing data piped to stdin.)
The special argument ``--`` can be used to stop mpv from interpreting the
following arguments as options.
When using the client API, you should strictly avoid using ``mpv_command_string``
for invoking the ``loadfile`` command, and instead prefer e.g. ``mpv_command``
to avoid the need for filename escaping.
For paths passed to suboptions, the situation is further complicated by the
need to escape special characters. To work this around, the path can be
additionally wrapped in the fixed-length syntax, e.g. ``%n%string_of_length_n``
(see above).
additionally wrapped in the ``%n%string_of_length_n`` syntax (see above).
Some mpv options interpret paths starting with ``~``. Currently, the prefix
``~~/`` expands to the mpv configuration directory (usually ``~/.config/mpv/``).
``~/`` expands to the user's home directory. (The trailing ``/`` is always
required.) There are the following paths as well:
================ ===============================================================
Name Meaning
================ ===============================================================
``~~home/`` same as ``~~/``
``~~global/`` the global config path, if available (not on win32)
``~~osxbundle/`` the OSX bundle resource path (OSX only)
``~~desktop/`` the path to the desktop (win32, OSX)
================ ===============================================================
required.)
Per-File Options
----------------
@@ -423,49 +359,6 @@ file stops playing. If option ``--c`` is changed during playback of
``file2.mkv``, it is reset when advancing to ``file3.mkv``. This only affects
file-local options. The option ``--a`` is never reset here.
Playing DVDs
------------
DVDs can be played with the ``dvd://[title]`` syntax. The optional
title specifier is a number which selects between separate video
streams on the DVD. If no title is given (``dvd://``) then the longest
title is selected automatically by the library. This is usually what
you want. mpv does not support DVD menus.
DVDs which have been copied on to a hard drive or other mounted
filesystem (by e.g. the ``dvdbackup`` tool) are accommodated by
specifying the path to the local copy: ``--dvd-device=PATH``.
Alternatively, running ``mpv PATH`` should auto-detect a DVD directory
tree and play the longest title.
.. note:: DVD library choices
mpv uses a different default DVD library than MPlayer. MPlayer
uses libdvdread by default, and mpv uses libdvdnav by default.
Both libraries are developed in parallel, but libdvdnav is
intended to support more sophisticated DVD features such as menus
and multi-angle playback. mpv uses libdvdnav for files specified
as either ``dvd://...`` or ``dvdnav://...``. To use libdvdread,
which will produce behavior more like MPlayer, specify
``dvdread://...`` instead. Some users have experienced problems
when using libdvdnav, in which playback gets stuck in a DVD menu
stream. These problems are reported to go away when auto-selecting
the title (``dvd://`` rather than ``dvd://1``) or when using
libdvdread (e.g. ``dvdread://0``). There are also outstanding bugs
in libdvdnav with seeking backwards and forwards in a video
stream. Specify ``dvdread://...`` to fix such problems.
.. note:: DVD subtitles
DVDs use image-based subtitles. Image subtitles are implemented as
a bitmap video stream which can be superimposed over the main
movie. mpv's subtitle styling and positioning options and keyboard
shortcuts generally do not work with image-based subtitles.
Exceptions include options like ``--stretch-dvd-subs`` and
``--stretch-image-subs-to-screen``.
CONFIGURATION FILES
===================
@@ -475,12 +368,10 @@ Location and Syntax
You can put all of the options in configuration files which will be read every
time mpv is run. The system-wide configuration file 'mpv.conf' is in your
configuration directory (e.g. ``/etc/mpv`` or ``/usr/local/etc/mpv``), the
user-specific one is ``~/.config/mpv/mpv.conf``. For details and platform
specifics (in particular Windows paths) see the `FILES`_ section.
user-specific one is ``~/.config/mpv/mpv.conf``.
User-specific options override system-wide options and options given on the
command line override either. The syntax of the configuration files is
``option=value``. Everything after a *#* is considered a comment. Options
``option=<value>``; everything after a *#* is considered a comment. Options
that work without values can be enabled by setting them to *yes* and disabled by
setting them to *no*. Even suboptions can be specified in this way.
@@ -498,11 +389,11 @@ Escaping spaces and special characters
This is done like with command line options. The shell is not involved here,
but option values still need to be quoted as a whole if it contains certain
characters like spaces. A config entry can be quoted with ``"``,
as well as with the fixed-length syntax (``%n%``) mentioned before. This is like
passing the exact contents of the quoted string as command line option. C-style
escapes are currently _not_ interpreted on this level, although some options do
this manually. (This is a mess and should probably be changed at some point.)
characters like spaces. A config entry can be quoted with ``"`` and ``'``,
as well as with the ``%n%`` syntax mentioned before. This is like passing
the exact contents of the quoted string as command line option. C-style escapes
are currently _not_ interpreted on this level, although some options to this
manually. (This is a mess and should probably be changed at some point.)
Putting Command Line Options into the Configuration File
--------------------------------------------------------
@@ -545,41 +436,13 @@ description (shown by ``--profile=help``) can be defined with the
``profile-desc`` option. To end the profile, start another one or use the
profile name ``default`` to continue with normal options.
.. admonition:: Example mpv config file with profiles
.. admonition:: Example mpv profile
::
# normal top-level option
fullscreen=yes
# a profile that can be enabled with --profile=big-cache
[big-cache]
cache=123400
demuxer-readahead-secs=20
[slow]
profile-desc="some profile name"
# reference a builtin profile
profile=opengl-hq
[fast]
vo=vdpau
# using a profile again extends it
[slow]
framedrop=no
# you can also include other profiles
profile=big-cache
Auto profiles
-------------
Some profiles are loaded automatically. The following example demonstrates this:
.. admonition:: Auto profile loading
::
[vo.vdpau]
# Use hardware decoding
hwdec=vdpau
[protocol.dvd]
profile-desc="profile for dvd:// streams"
@@ -589,28 +452,27 @@ Some profiles are loaded automatically. The following example demonstrates this:
profile-desc="profile for .flv files"
vf=flip
The profile name follows the schema ``type.name``, where type can be
``protocol`` for the input/output protocol in use (see ``--list-protocols``),
and ``extension`` for the extension of the path of the currently played file
(*not* the file format).
[ao.alsa]
device=spdif
This feature is very limited, and there are no other auto profiles.
TAKING SCREENSHOTS
==================
Screenshots of the currently played file can be taken using the 'screenshot'
input mode command, which is by default bound to the ``s`` key. Files named
``mpv-shotNNNN.jpg`` will be saved in the working directory, using the first
available number - no files will be overwritten. In pseudo-GUI mode, the
screenshot will be saved somewhere else. See `PSEUDO GUI MODE`_.
``shotNNNN.jpg`` will be saved in the working directory, using the first
available number - no files will be overwritten.
A screenshot will usually contain the unscaled video contents at the end of the
video filter chain and subtitles. By default, ``S`` takes screenshots without
subtitles, while ``s`` includes subtitles.
Unlike with MPlayer, the ``screenshot`` video filter is not required. This
filter was never required in mpv, and has been removed.
The ``screenshot`` video filter is not required when using a recommended GUI
video output driver. It should normally not be added to the config file, as
taking screenshots is handled by the VOs, and adding the screenshot filter will
break hardware decoding. (The filter may still be useful for taking screenshots
at a certain point within the video chain when using multiple video filters.)
TERMINAL STATUS LINE
====================
@@ -643,33 +505,25 @@ listed.
if there is audio "missing", or not enough frames can be dropped. Usually
this will indicate a problem. (``total-avsync-change`` property.)
- Encoding state in ``{...}``, only shown in encoding mode.
- Display sync state. If display sync is active (``display-sync-active``
property), this shows ``DS: 2.500/13``, where the first number is average
number of vsyncs per video frame (e.g. 2.5 when playing 24Hz videos on 60Hz
screens), which might jitter if the ratio doesn't round off, or there are
mistimed frames (``vsync-ratio``), and the second number of estimated number
of vsyncs which took too long (``vo-delayed-frame-count`` property). The
latter is a heuristic, as it's generally not possible to determine this with
certainty.
- Dropped frames, e.g. ``Dropped: 4``. Shows up only if the count is not 0. Can
grow if the video framerate is higher than that of the display, or if video
rendering is too slow. May also be incremented on "hiccups" and when the video
rendering is too slow. Also can be incremented on "hiccups" and when the video
frame couldn't be displayed on time. (``vo-drop-frame-count`` property.)
If the decoder drops frames, the number of decoder-dropped frames is appended
to the display as well, e.g.: ``Dropped: 4/34``. This happens only if
decoder frame dropping is enabled with the ``--framedrop`` options.
(``drop-frame-count`` property.)
to the display as well, e.g.: ``Dropped: 4/34``. This should almost never
happen, unless decoder-framedropping is enabled with one of the
``--framedrop`` options, the stream contains errors, or a weird codec is in
use. (``drop-frame-count`` property.)
- Cache state, e.g. ``Cache: 2s+134KB``. Visible if the stream cache is enabled.
The first value shows the amount of video buffered in the demuxer in seconds,
the second value shows *additional* data buffered in the stream cache in
kilobytes. (``demuxer-cache-duration`` and ``cache-used`` properties.)
kilobytes. (``demuxer-cache-duration`` and ``cached-used`` properties.)
PROTOCOLS
=========
``http://...``, ``https://``, ...
Many network protocols are supported, but the protocol prefix must always
be specified. mpv will never attempt to guess whether a filename is
actually a network address. A protocol prefix is always required.
@@ -678,76 +532,53 @@ PROTOCOLS
either aliases to documented protocols, or are just redirections to
protocols implemented and documented in FFmpeg.
``data:`` is supported in FFmpeg (not in Libav), but needs to be in the
format ``data://``. This is done to avoid ambiguity with filenames. You
can also prefix it with ``lavf://`` or ``ffmpeg://``.
``ytdl://...``
By default, the youtube-dl hook script (enabled by default for mpv CLI)
only looks at http URLs. Prefixing an URL with ``ytdl://`` forces it to
be always processed by the script. This can also be used to invoke special
youtube-dl functionality like playing a video by ID or invoking search.
Keep in mind that you can't pass youtube-dl command line options by this,
and you have to use ``--ytdl-raw-options`` instead.
``-``
Play data from stdin.
``smb://PATH``
Play a path from Samba share.
``bd://[title][/device]`` ``--bluray-device=PATH``
Play a Blu-ray disc. Currently, this does not accept ISO files. Instead,
Play a Blu-Ray disc. Currently, this does not accept ISO files. Instead,
you must mount the ISO file as filesystem, and point ``--bluray-device``
to the mounted directory directly.
``dvd://[title|[starttitle]-endtitle][/device]`` ``--dvd-device=PATH``
``bdnav://[title][/device]``
Play a Blu-Ray disc, with navigation features enabled. This feature is
permanently experimental.
Play a DVD. DVD menus are not supported. If no title is given, the longest
title is auto-selected.
``dvd://[title|[starttitle]-endtitle][/device]`` ``--dvd-device=PATH``
Play a DVD. If you want dvdnav menus, use ``dvd://menu``. If no title
is given, the longest title is auto-selected.
``dvdnav://`` is an old alias for ``dvd://`` and does exactly the same
thing.
``dvdread://...:``
Play a DVD using the old libdvdread code. This is what MPlayer and
older mpv versions use for ``dvd://``. Use is discouraged. It's
provided only for compatibility and for transition, and to work
around outstanding dvdnav bugs (see "DVD library choices" above).
Play a DVD using the old libdvdread code. This is what MPlayer and older
mpv versions use for ``dvd://``. Use is discouraged. It's provided only
for compatibility and for transition.
``tv://[channel][/input_id]`` ``--tv-...``
Analogue TV via V4L. Also useful for webcams. (Linux only.)
``pvr://`` ``--pvr-...``
PVR. (Linux only.)
``dvb://[cardnumber@]channel`` ``--dvbin-...``
Digital TV via DVB. (Linux only.)
``mf://[filemask|@listfile]`` ``--mf-...``
Play a series of images as video.
``cdda://[device]`` ``--cdrom-device=PATH`` ``--cdda-...``
``cdda://track[-endtrack][:speed][/device]`` ``--cdrom-device=PATH`` ``--cdda-...``
Play CD.
``lavf://...``
Access any FFmpeg/Libav libavformat protocol. Basically, this passed the
string after the ``//`` directly to libavformat.
``av://type:options``
This is intended for using libavdevice inputs. ``type`` is the libavdevice
demuxer name, and ``options`` is the (pseudo-)filename passed to the
demuxer.
@@ -759,76 +590,19 @@ PROTOCOLS
``avdevice://`` is an alias.
``file://PATH``
A local path as URL. Might be useful in some special use-cases. Note that
``PATH`` itself should start with a third ``/`` to make the path an
absolute path.
``fd://123``
Read data from the given file descriptor (for example 123). This is similar
to piping data to stdin via ``-``, but can use an arbitrary file descriptor.
``edl://[edl specification as in edl-mpv.rst]``
Stitch together parts of multiple files and play them.
``null://``
Simulate an empty file. If opened for writing, it will discard all data.
The ``null`` demuxer will specifically pass autoprobing if this protocol
is used (while it's not automatically invoked for empty files).
Simulate an empty file.
``memory://data``
Use the ``data`` part as source data.
``hex://data``
Like ``memory://``, but the string is interpreted as hexdump.
PSEUDO GUI MODE
===============
mpv has no official GUI, other than the OSC (`ON SCREEN CONTROLLER`_), which
is not a full GUI and is not meant to be. However, to compensate for the lack
of expected GUI behavior, mpv will in some cases start with some settings
changed to behave slightly more like a GUI mode.
Currently this happens only in the following cases:
- if started using the ``mpv.desktop`` file on Linux (e.g. started from menus
or file associations provided by desktop environments)
- if started from explorer.exe on Windows (technically, if it was started on
Windows, and all of the stdout/stderr/stdin handles are unset)
- started out of the bundle on OSX
- if you manually use ``--player-operation-mode=pseudo-gui`` on the command line
This mode applies options from the builtin profile ``builtin-pseudo-gui``, but
only if these haven't been set in the user's config file or on the command line.
Also, for compatibility with the old pseudo-gui behavior, the options in the
``pseudo-gui`` profile are applied unconditionally. In addition, the profile
makes sure to enable the pseudo-GUI mode, so that ``--profile=pseudo-gui``
works like in older mpv releases. The profiles are currently defined as follows:
::
[builtin-pseudo-gui]
terminal=no
force-window=yes
idle=once
screenshot-directory=~~desktop/
[pseudo-gui]
player-operation-mode=pseudo-gui
.. warning::
Currently, you can extend the ``pseudo-gui`` profile in the config file the
normal way. This is deprecated. In future mpv releases, the behavior might
change, and not apply your additional settings, and/or use a different
profile name.
.. include:: options.rst
.. include:: ao.rst
@@ -851,8 +625,6 @@ works like in older mpv releases. The profiles are currently defined as follows:
.. include:: changes.rst
.. include:: libmpv.rst
ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
=====================
@@ -870,6 +642,9 @@ behavior of mpv.
If set, XDG-style system configuration directories are used. Otherwise,
the UNIX convention (``PREFIX/etc/mpv/``) is used.
``TERM``
Used to determine terminal type.
``MPV_HOME``
Directory where mpv looks for user settings. Overrides ``HOME``, and mpv
will try to load the config file as ``$MPV_HOME/mpv.conf``.
@@ -880,7 +655,8 @@ behavior of mpv.
of ``--v`` options passed to the command line.
``MPV_LEAK_REPORT``
If set to ``1``, enable internal talloc leak reporting.
If set to ``1``, enable internal talloc leak reporting. Note that this can
cause trouble with multithreading, so only developers should use this.
``LADSPA_PATH``
Specifies the search path for LADSPA plugins. If it is unset, fully
@@ -920,7 +696,7 @@ libdvdcss:
key
is the default method. libdvdcss will use a set of calculated
player keys to try to get the disc key. This can fail if the drive
player keys to try and get the disc key. This can fail if the drive
does not recognize any of the player keys.
disc
@@ -973,8 +749,6 @@ If errors happen, the following exit codes can be returned:
immediately after initialization.
:3: There were some files that could be played, and some files which
couldn't (using the definition of success from above).
:4: Quit due to a signal, Ctrl+c in a VO window (by default), or from the
default quit key bindings in encoding mode.
Note that quitting the player manually will always lead to exit code 0,
overriding the exit code that would be returned normally. Also, the ``quit``
@@ -983,15 +757,11 @@ input command can take an exit code: in this case, that exit code is returned.
FILES
=====
For Windows-specifics, see `FILES ON WINDOWS`_ section.
``/usr/local/etc/mpv/mpv.conf``
mpv system-wide settings (depends on ``--prefix`` passed to configure - mpv
in default configuration will use ``/usr/local/etc/mpv/`` as config
directory, while most Linux distributions will set it to ``/etc/mpv/``).
mpv system-wide settings (depends on ``--prefix`` passed to configure)
``~/.config/mpv/mpv.conf``
mpv user settings (see `CONFIGURATION FILES`_ section)
mpv user settings
``~/.config/mpv/input.conf``
key bindings (see `INPUT.CONF`_ section)
@@ -1005,7 +775,7 @@ For Windows-specifics, see `FILES ON WINDOWS`_ section.
``~/.config/mpv/watch_later/``
Contains temporary config files needed for resuming playback of files with
the watch later feature. See for example the ``Q`` key binding, or the
``quit-watch-later`` input command.
``quit_watch_later`` input command.
Each file is a small config file which is loaded if the corresponding media
file is loaded. It contains the playback position and some (not necessarily
@@ -1036,7 +806,7 @@ locations are different. They are generally located under ``%APPDATA%/mpv/``.
For example, the path to mpv.conf is ``%APPDATA%/mpv/mpv.conf``, which maps to
a system and user-specific path, for example
``C:\users\USERNAME\AppData\Roaming\mpv\mpv.conf``
``C:\users\USERNAME\Application Data\mpv\mpv.conf``
You can find the exact path by running ``echo %APPDATA%\mpv\mpv.conf`` in cmd.exe.
@@ -1046,23 +816,61 @@ Other config files (such as ``input.conf``) are in the same directory. See the
The environment variable ``$MPV_HOME`` completely overrides these, like on
UNIX.
If a directory named ``portable_config`` next to the mpv.exe exists, all
config will be loaded from this directory only. Watch later config files are
written to this directory as well. (This exists on Windows only and is redundant
with ``$MPV_HOME``. However, since Windows is very scripting unfriendly, a
wrapper script just setting ``$MPV_HOME``, like you could do it on other
systems, won't work. ``portable_config`` is provided for convenience to get
around this restriction.)
Config files located in the same directory as ``mpv.exe`` are loaded with
lower priority. Some config files are loaded only once, which means that
e.g. of 2 ``input.conf`` files located in two config directories, only the
one from the directory with higher priority will be loaded.
A third config directory with the lowest priority is the directory named ``mpv``
in the same directory as ``mpv.exe``. This used to be the directory with the
A third config directory with lowest priority is the directory named ``mpv``
in the same directory as ``mpv.exe``. This used to be the directory with
highest priority, but is now discouraged to use and might be removed in the
future.
Note that mpv likes to mix ``/`` and ``\`` path separators for simplicity.
kernel32.dll accepts this, but cmd.exe does not.
EXAMPLES OF MPV USAGE
=====================
Blu-ray playback:
- ``mpv bd:////path/to/disc``
- ``mpv bd:// --bluray-device=/path/to/disc``
Play in Japanese with English subtitles:
``mpv dvd://1 --alang=ja --slang=en``
Play only chapters 5, 6, 7:
``mpv dvd://1 --chapter=5-7``
Play only titles 5, 6, 7:
``mpv dvd://5-7``
Play a multi-angle DVD:
``mpv dvd://1 --dvd-angle=2``
Play from a different DVD device:
``mpv dvd://1 --dvd-device=/dev/dvd2``
Play DVD video from a directory with VOB files:
``mpv dvd://1 --dvd-device=/path/to/directory/``
Stream from HTTP:
``mpv http://example.com/example.avi``
Stream using RTSP:
``mpv rtsp://server.example.com/streamName``
Play a libavfilter graph:
``mpv avdevice://lavfi:mandelbrot``
AUTHORS
=======
mpv is a MPlayer fork based on mplayer2, which in turn is a fork of MPlayer.
MPlayer was initially written by Arpad Gereoffy. See the ``AUTHORS`` file for
a list of some of the many other contributors.
MPlayer is (C) 2000-2013 The MPlayer Team
This man page was written mainly by Gabucino, Jonas Jermann and Diego Biurrun.
+646 -2317
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large. Load diff
+121 -173
View File
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ The On Screen Controller (short: OSC) is a minimal GUI integrated with mpv to
offer basic mouse-controllability. It is intended to make interaction easier
for new users and to enable precise and direct seeking.
The OSC is enabled by default if mpv was compiled with Lua support. It can be
The OSC is enabled by default if mpv was compiled with lua support. It can be
disabled entirely using the ``--osc=no`` option.
Using the OSC
@@ -20,77 +20,37 @@ The Interface
::
+---------+----------+------------------------------------------+----------+
| pl prev | pl next | title | cache |
+------+--+---+------+---------+-----------+------+-------+-----+-----+----+
| play | skip | skip | time | seekbar | time | audio | sub | vol | fs |
| | back | frwd | elapsed | | left | | | | |
+------+------+------+---------+-----------+------+-------+-----+-----+----+
+------------------+-----------+--------------------+
| playlist prev | title | playlist next |
+-------+------+---+--+------+-+----+------+--------+
| audio | skip | seek | | seek | skip | full |
+-------+ back | back | play | frwd | frwd | screen |
| sub | | | | | | |
+-------+------+------+------+------+------+--------+
| seekbar |
+----------------+--------------+-------------------+
| time passed | cache status | time remaining |
+----------------+--------------+-------------------+
pl prev
playlist prev
============= ================================================
left-click play previous file in playlist
right-click show playlist
shift+L-click show playlist
============= ================================================
pl next
============= ================================================
left-click play next file in playlist
right-click show playlist
shift+L-click show playlist
============= ================================================
title
| Displays current media-title, filename, or custom title
| Displays current media-title or filename
============= ================================================
left-click show playlist position and length and full title
right-click show filename
============= ================================================
cache
| Shows current cache fill status
play
playlist next
============= ================================================
left-click toggle play/pause
============= ================================================
skip back
============= ================================================
left-click go to beginning of chapter / previous chapter
right-click show chapters
shift+L-click show chapters
============= ================================================
skip frwd
============= ================================================
left-click go to next chapter
right-click show chapters
shift+L-click show chapters
============= ================================================
time elapsed
| Shows current playback position timestamp
============= ================================================
left-click toggle displaying timecodes with milliseconds
============= ================================================
seekbar
| Indicates current playback position and position of chapters
============= ================================================
left-click seek to position
============= ================================================
time left
| Shows remaining playback time timestamp
============= ================================================
left-click toggle between total and remaining time
left-click play next file in playlist
shift+L-click show playlist
============= ================================================
audio and sub
@@ -102,17 +62,66 @@ audio and sub
shift+L-click show available audio/sub tracks
============= ================================================
vol
skip back
============= ================================================
left-click toggle mute
mouse wheel volume up/down
left-click go to beginning of chapter / previous chapter
shift+L-click show chapters
============= ================================================
fs
seek back
============= ================================================
left-click skip back 5 seconds
right-click skip back 30 seconds
shift-L-click skip back 1 frame
============= ================================================
play
============= ================================================
left-click toggle play/pause
============= ================================================
seek frwd
============= ================================================
left-click skip forward 10 seconds
right-click skip forward 60 seconds
shift-L-click skip forward 1 frame
============= ================================================
skip frwd
============= ================================================
left-click go to next chapter
shift+L-click show chapters
============= ================================================
fullscreen
============= ================================================
left-click toggle fullscreen
============= ================================================
seekbar
| Indicates current playback position and position of chapters
============= ================================================
left-click seek to position
============= ================================================
time passed
| Shows current playback position timestamp
============= ================================================
left-click toggle displaying timecodes with milliseconds
============= ================================================
cache status
| Shows current cache fill status (only visible when below 45%)
time remaining
| Shows remaining playback time timestamp
============= ================================================
left-click toggle between total and remaining time
============= ================================================
Key Bindings
~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -121,7 +130,7 @@ these keys. In case of collision, the function needs to be bound to a
different key. See the `Script Commands`_ section.
============= ================================================
del Cycles visibility between never / auto (mouse-move) / always
del Hide the OSC permanently until mpv is restarted.
============= ================================================
Configuration
@@ -158,132 +167,72 @@ Example::
Configurable Options
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
``layout``
Default: bottombar
The layout for the OSC. Currently available are: box, slimbox,
bottombar and topbar. Default pre-0.21.0 was 'box'.
``seekbarstyle``
Default: bar
Sets the style of the seekbar, slider (diamond marker), knob (circle
marker with guide), or bar (fill).
Default pre-0.21.0 was 'slider'.
``deadzonesize``
Default: 0.5
Size of the deadzone. The deadzone is an area that makes the mouse act
like leaving the window. Movement there won't make the OSC show up and
it will hide immediately if the mouse enters it. The deadzone starts
at the window border opposite to the OSC and the size controls how much
of the window it will span. Values between 0.0 and 1.0, where 0 means the
OSC will always popup with mouse movement in the window, and 1 means the
OSC will only show up when the mouse hovers it. Default pre-0.21.0 was 0.
``minmousemove``
Default: 0
Minimum amount of pixels the mouse has to move between ticks to make
the OSC show up. Default pre-0.21.0 was 3.
``showwindowed``
Default: yes
Enable the OSC when windowed
| Default: yes
| Show OSC when windowed?
``showfullscreen``
Default: yes
Enable the OSC when fullscreen
| Default: yes
| Show OSC when fullscreen?
``scalewindowed``
Default: 1.0
Scale factor of the OSC when windowed.
| Default: 1
| Scaling of the controller when windowed
``scalefullscreen``
Default: 1.0
Scale factor of the OSC when fullscreen
| Default: 1
| Scaling of the controller when fullscreen
``scaleforcedwindow``
Default: 2.0
Scale factor of the OSC when rendered on a forced (dummy) window
| Default: 2
| Scaling of the controller when rendered on a forced (dummy) window
``vidscale``
Default: yes
Scale the OSC with the video
``no`` tries to keep the OSC size constant as much as the window size allows
| Default: yes
| Scale the controller with the video?
``valign``
Default: 0.8
Vertical alignment, -1 (top) to 1 (bottom)
| Default: 0.8
| Vertical alignment, -1 (top) to 1 (bottom)
``halign``
Default: 0.0
Horizontal alignment, -1 (left) to 1 (right)
``barmargin``
Default: 0
Margin from bottom (bottombar) or top (topbar), in pixels
| Default: 0
| Horizontal alignment, -1 (left) to 1 (right)
``boxalpha``
Default: 80
Alpha of the background box, 0 (opaque) to 255 (fully transparent)
| Default: 80
| Alpha of the background box, 0 (opaque) to 255 (fully transparent)
``hidetimeout``
Default: 500
Duration in ms until the OSC hides if no mouse movement, must not be
negative
| Default: 500
| Duration in ms until the OSC hides if no mouse movement, negative value
disables auto-hide
``fadeduration``
Default: 200
| Default: 200
| Duration of fade out in ms, 0 = no fade
Duration of fade out in ms, 0 = no fade
``deadzonesize``
| Default: 0
| Size of the deadzone. The deadzone is an area that makes the mouse act
like leaving the window. Movement there won't make the OSC show up and
it will hide immediately if the mouse enters it. The deadzone starts
at the window border opposite to the OSC and the size controls how much
of the window it will span. Values between 0 and 1.
``title``
Default: ${media-title}
``minmousemove``
| Default: 3
| Minimum amount of pixels the mouse has to move between ticks to make
the OSC show up
String that supports property expansion that will be displayed as
OSC title.
ASS tags are escaped, and newlines and trailing slashes are stripped.
``layout``
| Default: box
| The layout for the OSC. Currently available are: box, slimbox,
bottombar and topbar.
``tooltipborder``
Default: 1
Size of the tooltip outline when using bottombar or topbar layouts
``timetotal``
Default: no
Show total time instead of time remaining
``timems``
Default: no
Display timecodes with milliseconds
``visibility``
Default: auto (auto hide/show on mouse move)
Also supports ``never`` and ``always``
``boxmaxchars``
Default: 80
Max chars for the osc title at the box layout. mpv does not measure the
text width on screen and so it needs to limit it by number of chars. The
default is conservative to allow wide fonts to be used without overflow.
However, with many common fonts a bigger number can be used. YMMV.
``seekbarstyle``
| Default: slider
| Sets the style of the seekbar, slider (diamond marker) or bar (fill)
Script Commands
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -291,23 +240,22 @@ Script Commands
The OSC script listens to certain script commands. These commands can bound
in ``input.conf``, or sent by other scripts.
``enable-osc``
Undoes ``disable-osc`` or the effect of the ``del`` key.
``disable-osc``
Hide the OSC permanently. This is also what the ``del`` key does.
``osc-message``
Show a message on screen using the OSC. First argument is the message,
second the duration in seconds.
``osc-visibility``
Controls visibility mode ``never`` / ``auto`` (on mouse move) / ``always``
and also ``cycle`` to cycle between the modes
Example
You could put this into ``input.conf`` to hide the OSC with the ``a`` key and
to set auto mode (the default) with ``b``::
to unhide it with ``b``::
a script-message osc-visibility never
b script-message osc-visibility auto
``osc-playlist``, ``osc-chapterlist``, ``osc-tracklist``
Shows a limited view of the respective type of list using the OSC. First
argument is duration in seconds.
a script_message disable-osc
b script_message enable-osc
+114 -242
View File
@@ -5,41 +5,7 @@ Video filters allow you to modify the video stream and its properties. The
syntax is:
``--vf=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>``
Setup a chain of video filters. This consists on the filter name, and an
option list of parameters after ``=``. The parameters are separated by
``:`` (not ``,``, as that starts a new filter entry).
Before the filter name, a label can be specified with ``@name:``, where
name is an arbitrary user-given name, which identifies the filter. This
is only needed if you want to toggle the filter at runtime.
A ``!`` before the filter name means the filter is enabled by default. It
will be skipped on filter creation. This is also useful for runtime filter
toggling.
See the ``vf`` command (and ``toggle`` sub-command) for further explanations
and examples.
The general filter entry syntax is:
``["@"<label-name>":"] ["!"] <filter-name> [ "=" <filter-parameter-list> ]``
or for the special "toggle" syntax (see ``vf`` command):
``"@"<label-name>``
and the ``filter-parameter-list``:
``<filter-parameter> | <filter-parameter> "," <filter-parameter-list>``
and ``filter-parameter``:
``( <param-name> "=" <param-value> ) | <param-value>``
``param-value`` can further be quoted in ``[`` / ``]`` in case the value
contains characters like ``,`` or ``=``. This is used in particular with
the ``lavfi`` filter, which uses a very similar syntax as mpv (MPlayer
historically) to specify filters and their parameters.
Setup a chain of video filters.
You can also set defaults for each filter. The defaults are applied before the
normal filter parameters.
@@ -51,21 +17,6 @@ normal filter parameters.
To get a full list of available video filters, see ``--vf=help``.
Also, keep in mind that most actual filters are available via the ``lavfi``
wrapper, which gives you access to most of libavfilter's filters. This
includes all filters that have been ported from MPlayer to libavfilter.
Most filters are deprecated in some ways, unless they're only available
in mpv (such as filters which deal with mpv specifics, or which are
implemented in mpv only).
If a filter is not builtin, the ``lavfi-bridge`` will be automatically
tried. This bridge does not support help output, and does not verify
parameters before the filter is actually used. Although the mpv syntax
is rather similar to libavfilter's, it's not the same. (Which means not
everything accepted by vf_lavfi's ``graph`` option will be accepted by
``--vf``.)
Video filters are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the
filter list.
@@ -146,7 +97,7 @@ Available filters are:
All parameters are optional.
``<w>:<h>``
``<w>,<h>``
scaled width/height (default: original width/height)
:0: scaled d_width/d_height
@@ -196,15 +147,15 @@ Available filters are:
:yes: Enable accurate rounding.
``dsize[=w:h:aspect-method:r:aspect]``
Changes the intended display aspect at an arbitrary point in the
Changes the intended display size/aspect at an arbitrary point in the
filter chain. Aspect can be given as a fraction (4/3) or floating point
number (1.33). Note that this filter does *not* do any scaling itself; it
number (1.33). Alternatively, you may specify the exact display width and
height desired. Note that this filter does *not* do any scaling itself; it
just affects what later scalers (software or hardware) will do when
auto-scaling to the correct aspect.
auto-scaling to correct aspect.
``<w>,<h>``
New aspect ratio given by a display width and height. Unlike older mpv
versions or MPlayer, this does not set the display size.
New display width and height.
Can also be these special values:
@@ -247,7 +198,7 @@ Available filters are:
``<aspect>``
Force an aspect ratio.
``format=fmt=<value>:colormatrix=<value>:...``
``format[=fmt[:outfmt]]``
Restricts the color space for the next filter without doing any conversion.
Use together with the scale filter for a real conversion.
@@ -256,141 +207,19 @@ Available filters are:
For a list of available formats, see ``format=fmt=help``.
``<fmt>``
Format name, e.g. rgb15, bgr24, 420p, etc. (default: don't change).
Format name, e.g. rgb15, bgr24, 420p, etc. (default: yuyv).
``<outfmt>``
Format name that should be substituted for the output. If they do not
have the same bytes per pixel and chroma subsampling, it will fail.
``<colormatrix>``
Controls the YUV to RGB color space conversion when playing video. There
are various standards. Normally, BT.601 should be used for SD video, and
BT.709 for HD video. (This is done by default.) Using incorrect color space
results in slightly under or over saturated and shifted colors.
Format name that should be substituted for the output. If this is not
100% compatible with the ``<fmt>`` value, it will crash.
These options are not always supported. Different video outputs provide
varying degrees of support. The ``opengl`` and ``vdpau`` video output
drivers usually offer full support. The ``xv`` output can set the color
space if the system video driver supports it, but not input and output
levels. The ``scale`` video filter can configure color space and input
levels, but only if the output format is RGB (if the video output driver
supports RGB output, you can force this with ``-vf scale,format=rgba``).
If this option is set to ``auto`` (which is the default), the video's
color space flag will be used. If that flag is unset, the color space
will be selected automatically. This is done using a simple heuristic that
attempts to distinguish SD and HD video. If the video is larger than
1279x576 pixels, BT.709 (HD) will be used; otherwise BT.601 (SD) is
selected.
Available color spaces are:
:auto: automatic selection (default)
:bt.601: ITU-R BT.601 (SD)
:bt.709: ITU-R BT.709 (HD)
:bt.2020-ncl: ITU-R BT.2020 non-constant luminance system
:bt.2020-cl: ITU-R BT.2020 constant luminance system
:smpte-240m: SMPTE-240M
``<colorlevels>``
YUV color levels used with YUV to RGB conversion. This option is only
necessary when playing broken files which do not follow standard color
levels or which are flagged wrong. If the video does not specify its
color range, it is assumed to be limited range.
The same limitations as with ``<colormatrix>`` apply.
Available color ranges are:
:auto: automatic selection (normally limited range) (default)
:limited: limited range (16-235 for luma, 16-240 for chroma)
:full: full range (0-255 for both luma and chroma)
``<primaries>``
RGB primaries the source file was encoded with. Normally this should be set
in the file header, but when playing broken or mistagged files this can be
used to override the setting.
This option only affects video output drivers that perform color
management, for example ``opengl`` with the ``target-prim`` or
``icc-profile`` suboptions set.
If this option is set to ``auto`` (which is the default), the video's
primaries flag will be used. If that flag is unset, the color space will
be selected automatically, using the following heuristics: If the
``<colormatrix>`` is set or determined as BT.2020 or BT.709, the
corresponding primaries are used. Otherwise, if the video height is
exactly 576 (PAL), BT.601-625 is used. If it's exactly 480 or 486 (NTSC),
BT.601-525 is used. If the video resolution is anything else, BT.709 is
used.
Available primaries are:
:auto: automatic selection (default)
:bt.601-525: ITU-R BT.601 (SD) 525-line systems (NTSC, SMPTE-C)
:bt.601-625: ITU-R BT.601 (SD) 625-line systems (PAL, SECAM)
:bt.709: ITU-R BT.709 (HD) (same primaries as sRGB)
:bt.2020: ITU-R BT.2020 (UHD)
:apple: Apple RGB
:adobe: Adobe RGB (1998)
:prophoto: ProPhoto RGB (ROMM)
:cie1931: CIE 1931 RGB
:dci-p3: DCI-P3 (Digital Cinema)
:v-gamut: Panasonic V-Gamut primaries
``<gamma>``
Gamma function the source file was encoded with. Normally this should be set
in the file header, but when playing broken or mistagged files this can be
used to override the setting.
This option only affects video output drivers that perform color management.
If this option is set to ``auto`` (which is the default), the gamma will
be set to BT.1886 for YCbCr content, sRGB for RGB content and Linear for
XYZ content.
Available gamma functions are:
:auto: automatic selection (default)
:bt.1886: ITU-R BT.1886 (EOTF corresponding to BT.601/BT.709/BT.2020)
:srgb: IEC 61966-2-4 (sRGB)
:linear: Linear light
:gamma1.8: Pure power curve (gamma 1.8)
:gamma2.2: Pure power curve (gamma 2.2)
:gamma2.8: Pure power curve (gamma 2.8)
:prophoto: ProPhoto RGB (ROMM) curve
:st2084: SMPTE ST2084 (HDR) curve
:std-b67: ARIB STD-B67 (Hybrid Log-gamma) curve
:v-log: Panasonic V-Log transfer curve
``<peak>``
Reference peak illumination for the video file. This is mostly
interesting for HDR, but it can also be used tone map SDR content
to a darker or brighter exposure.
The default of 0.0 will default to the display's reference brightness
for SDR and the source's reference brightness for HDR.
``<stereo-in>``
Set the stereo mode the video is assumed to be encoded in. Takes the
same values as the ``--video-stereo-mode`` option.
``<stereo-out>``
Set the stereo mode the video should be displayed as. Takes the
same values as the ``--video-stereo-mode`` option.
``<rotate>``
Set the rotation the video is assumed to be encoded with in degrees.
The special value ``-1`` uses the input format.
``<dw>``, ``<dh>``
Set the display size. Note that setting the display size such that
the video is scaled in both directions instead of just changing the
aspect ratio is an implementation detail, and might change later.
``<dar>``
Set the display aspect ratio of the video frame. This is a float,
but values such as ``[16:9]`` can be passed too (``[...]`` for quoting
to prevent the option parser from interpreting the ``:`` character).
.. admonition:: Examples
====================== =====================
Valid Invalid (will crash)
====================== =====================
``format=rgb24:bgr24`` ``format=rgb24:420p``
``format=yuyv:uyvy``
====================== =====================
``noformat[=fmt]``
Restricts the color space for the next filter without doing any conversion.
@@ -451,6 +280,41 @@ Available filters are:
``'--vf=lavfi=yadif:o="threads=2,thread_type=slice"'``
forces a specific threading configuration.
``noise[=<strength>[:averaged][:pattern][:temporal][:uniform][:hq]``
Adds noise.
``strength``
Set the noise for all components. If you want different strength
values for luma and chroma, use libavfilter's noise filter directly
(using ``--vf=lavfi=[noise=...]``), or tell the libavfilter developers
to stop being stupid.
``averaged``
averaged temporal noise (smoother, but a lot slower)
``pattern``
mix random noise with a (semi)regular pattern
``temporal``
temporal noise (noise pattern changes between frames)
``uniform``
uniform noise (Gaussian otherwise)
``hqdn3d[=luma_spatial:chroma_spatial:luma_tmp:chroma_tmp]``
This filter aims to reduce image noise producing smooth images and making
still images really still (This should enhance compressibility.).
``<luma_spatial>``
spatial luma strength (default: 4)
``<chroma_spatial>``
spatial chroma strength (default: 3)
``<luma_tmp>``
luma temporal strength (default: 6)
``<chroma_tmp>``
chroma temporal strength (default:
``luma_tmp*chroma_spatial/luma_spatial``)
``eq[=gamma:contrast:brightness:saturation:rg:gg:bg:weight]``
Software equalizer that uses lookup tables (slow), allowing gamma correction
in addition to simple brightness and contrast adjustment. The parameters are
@@ -477,6 +341,23 @@ Available filters are:
and just plain white. A value of 0.0 turns the gamma correction all
the way down while 1.0 leaves it at its full strength (default: 1.0).
``unsharp[=lx:ly:la:cx:cy:ca]``
unsharp mask / Gaussian blur
``l`` is for the luma component, ``c`` for the chroma component. ``x``/``y``
is the filter size. ``a`` is the amount.
``lx``, ``ly``, ``cx``, ``cy``
width and height of the matrix, odd sized in both directions (min =
3:3, max = 13:11 or 11:13, usually something between 3:3 and 7:7)
``la``, ``ca``
Relative amount of sharpness/blur to add to the image (a sane range
should be -1.5-1.5).
:<0: blur
:>0: sharpen
``pullup[=jl:jr:jt:jb:sb:mp]``
Pulldown reversal (inverse telecine) filter, capable of handling mixed
hard-telecine, 24000/1001 fps progressive, and 30000/1001 fps progressive
@@ -496,8 +377,9 @@ Available filters are:
generating an occasional mismatched frame, but it may also cause an
excessive number of frames to be dropped during high motion sequences.
Conversely, setting it to -1 will make ``pullup`` match fields more
easily. This may help process video with slight blurring between the
fields, but may also cause interlaced frames in the output.
easily. This may help processing of video where there is slight
blurring between the fields, but may also cause there to be interlaced
frames in the output.
``mp`` (metric plane)
This option may be set to ``u`` or ``v`` to use a chroma plane instead of the
@@ -507,32 +389,55 @@ Available filters are:
video. The main purpose of setting ``mp`` to a chroma plane is to reduce
CPU load and make pullup usable in realtime on slow machines.
``yadif=[mode:interlaced-only]``
``yadif=[mode[:enabled=yes|no]]``
Yet another deinterlacing filter
``<mode>``
:frame: Output 1 frame for each frame.
:field: Output 1 frame for each field (default).
:field: Output 1 frame for each field.
:frame-nospatial: Like ``frame`` but skips spatial interlacing check.
:field-nospatial: Like ``field`` but skips spatial interlacing check.
``<interlaced-only>``
:no: Deinterlace all frames.
:yes: Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced (default).
``<enabled>``
:yes: Filter is active (default).
:no: Filter is not active, but can be activated with the ``D`` key
(or any other key that toggles the ``deinterlace`` property).
This filter is automatically inserted when using the ``d`` key (or any
This filter, is automatically inserted when using the ``D`` key (or any
other key that toggles the ``deinterlace`` property or when using the
``--deinterlace`` switch), assuming the video output does not have native
deinterlacing support.
If you just want to set the default mode, put this filter and its options
into ``--vf-defaults`` instead, and enable deinterlacing with ``d`` or
into ``--vf-defaults`` instead, and enable deinterlacing with ``D`` or
``--deinterlace``.
Also, note that the ``d`` key is stupid enough to insert a deinterlacer twice
Also note that the ``D`` key is stupid enough to insert an interlacer twice
when inserting yadif with ``--vf``, so using the above methods is
recommended.
``delogo[=x:y:w:h:t:show]``
Suppresses a TV station logo by a simple interpolation of the surrounding
pixels. Just set a rectangle covering the logo and watch it disappear (and
sometimes something even uglier appear - your mileage may vary).
``<x>,<y>``
top left corner of the logo
``<w>,<h>``
width and height of the cleared rectangle
``<t>``
Thickness of the fuzzy edge of the rectangle (added to ``w`` and
``h``). When set to -1, a green rectangle is drawn on the screen to
simplify finding the right ``x``,``y``,``w``,``h`` parameters.
``show``
Draw a rectangle showing the area defined by x/y/w/h.
``screenshot``
Optional filter for screenshot support. This is only needed if the video
output does not provide working direct screenshot support. Note that it is
not always safe to insert this filter by default. See `TAKING SCREENSHOTS`_
for details.
``sub=[=bottom-margin:top-margin]``
Moves subtitle rendering to an arbitrary point in the filter chain, or force
subtitle rendering in the video filter as opposed to using video output OSD
@@ -540,9 +445,9 @@ Available filters are:
``<bottom-margin>``
Adds a black band at the bottom of the frame. The SSA/ASS renderer can
place subtitles there (with ``--sub-use-margins``).
place subtitles there (with ``--ass-use-margins``).
``<top-margin>``
Black band on the top for toptitles (with ``--sub-use-margins``).
Black band on the top for toptitles (with ``--ass-use-margins``).
.. admonition:: Examples
@@ -641,8 +546,6 @@ Available filters are:
Loads an external library to filter the image. The library interface
is the ``vf_dlopen`` interface specified using ``libmpcodecs/vf_dlopen.h``.
.. warning:: This filter is deprecated.
``dll=<library>``
Specify the library to load. This may require a full file system path
in some cases. This argument is required.
@@ -701,11 +604,10 @@ Available filters are:
``buffered-frames``
Maximum number of decoded video frames that should be buffered before
the filter (default: 4). This specifies the maximum number of frames
the script can request in reverse direction.
E.g. if ``buffered-frames=5``, and the script just requested frame 15,
it can still request frame 10, but frame 9 is not available anymore.
If it requests frame 30, mpv will decode 15 more frames, and keep only
frames 25-30.
the script can requests backwards. E.g. if ``buffered-frames=5``, and
the script just requested frame 15, it can still request frame 10, but
frame 9 is not available anymore. If it requests frame 30, mpv will
decode 15 more frames, and keep only frames 25-30.
The actual number of buffered frames also depends on the value of the
``concurrent-frames`` option. Currently, both option values are
@@ -753,7 +655,7 @@ Available filters are:
``vapoursynth-lazy``
The same as ``vapoursynth``, but doesn't load Python scripts. Instead, a
custom backend using Lua and the raw VapourSynth API is used. The syntax
is completely different, and absolutely no convenience features are
is completely different, and absolutely no conveniencve features are
provided. There's no type checking either, and you can trigger crashes.
.. admonition:: Example:
@@ -778,7 +680,7 @@ Available filters are:
``vavpp``
VA-AP-API video post processing. Works with ``--vo=vaapi`` and ``--vo=opengl``
only. Currently deinterlaces. This filter is automatically inserted if
deinterlacing is requested (either using the ``d`` key, by default mapped to
deinterlacing is requested (either using the ``D`` key, by default mapped to
the command ``cycle deinterlace``, or the ``--deinterlace`` option).
``deint=<method>``
@@ -795,23 +697,10 @@ Available filters are:
depends on the GPU hardware, the GPU drivers, driver bugs, and
mpv bugs.
``<interlaced-only>``
:no: Deinterlace all frames.
:yes: Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced (default).
``reversal-bug=<yes|no>``
:no: Use the API as it was interpreted by older Mesa drivers. While
this interpretation was more obvious and inuitive, it was
apparently wrong, and not shared by Intel driver developers.
:yes: Use Intel interpretation of surface forward and backwards
references (default). This is what Intel drivers and newer Mesa
drivers expect. Matters only for the advanced deinterlacing
algorithms.
``vdpaupp``
VDPAU video post processing. Works with ``--vo=vdpau`` and ``--vo=opengl``
only. This filter is automatically inserted if deinterlacing is requested
(either using the ``d`` key, by default mapped to the command
(either using the ``D`` key, by default mapped to the command
``cycle deinterlace``, or the ``--deinterlace`` option). When enabling
deinterlacing, it is always preferred over software deinterlacer filters
if the ``vdpau`` VO is used, and also if ``opengl`` is used and hardware
@@ -852,31 +741,14 @@ Available filters are:
``pullup``
Try to apply inverse telecine, needs motion adaptive temporal
deinterlacing.
``interlaced-only=<yes|no>``
If ``yes`` (default), only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.
``hqscaling=<0-9>``
0
Use default VDPAU scaling (default).
1-9
Apply high quality VDPAU scaling (needs capable hardware).
``d3d11vpp``
Direct3D 11 video post processing. Currently requires D3D11 hardware
decoding for use.
``deint=<yes|no>``
Whether deinterlacing is enabled (default: no).
``interlaced-only=<yes|no>``
If ``yes`` (default), only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.
``mode=<blend|bob|adaptive|mocomp|ivctc|none>``
Tries to select a video processor with the given processing capability.
If a video processor supports multiple capabilities, it is not clear
which algorithm is actually selected. ``none`` always falls back. On
most if not all hardware, this option will probably do nothing, because
a video processor usually supports all modes or none.
``buffer=<num>``
Buffer ``<num>`` frames in the filter chain. This filter is probably pretty
useless, except for debugging. (Note that this won't help to smooth out
useless, except for debugging. (Note that this won't help smoothing out
latencies with decoding, because the filter will never output a frame if
the buffer isn't full, except on EOF.)
+463 -179
View File
@@ -4,20 +4,29 @@ VIDEO OUTPUT DRIVERS
Video output drivers are interfaces to different video output facilities. The
syntax is:
``--vo=<driver1,driver2,...[,]>``
``--vo=<driver1[:suboption1[=value]:...],driver2,...[,]>``
Specify a priority list of video output drivers to be used.
If the list has a trailing ``,``, mpv will fall back on drivers not contained
in the list.
If the list has a trailing ',', mpv will fall back on drivers not contained
in the list. Suboptions are optional and can mostly be omitted.
You can also set defaults for each driver. The defaults are applied before the
normal driver parameters.
``--vo-defaults=<driver1[:parameter1:parameter2:...],driver2,...>``
Set defaults for each driver.
.. note::
See ``--vo=help`` for a list of compiled-in video output drivers.
The recommended output driver is ``--vo=opengl``, which is the default. All
other drivers are for compatibility or special purposes. If the default
does not work, it will fallback to other drivers (in the same order as
listed by ``--vo=help``).
The recommended output drivers are ``--vo=vdpau`` and ``--vo=opengl-hq``.
All other drivers are just for compatibility or special purposes.
.. admonition:: Example
``--vo=opengl,xv,``
Try the ``opengl`` driver, then the ``xv`` driver, then others.
Available video output drivers are:
@@ -28,13 +37,11 @@ Available video output drivers are:
.. note:: This driver is for compatibility with old systems.
The following global options are supported by this video output:
``--xv-adaptor=<number>``
``adaptor=<number>``
Select a specific XVideo adapter (check xvinfo results).
``--xv-port=<number>``
``port=<number>``
Select a specific XVideo port.
``--xv-ck=<cur|use|set>``
``ck=<cur|use|set>``
Select the source from which the color key is taken (default: cur).
cur
@@ -45,11 +52,9 @@ Available video output drivers are:
set
Same as use but also sets the supplied color key.
``--xv-ck-method=<none|man|bg|auto>``
``ck-method=<man|bg|auto>``
Sets the color key drawing method (default: man).
none
Disables color-keying.
man
Draw the color key manually (reduces flicker in some cases).
bg
@@ -57,15 +62,12 @@ Available video output drivers are:
auto
Let Xv draw the color key.
``--xv-colorkey=<number>``
``colorkey=<number>``
Changes the color key to an RGB value of your choice. ``0x000000`` is
black and ``0xffffff`` is white.
``--xv-buffers=<number>``
Number of image buffers to use for the internal ringbuffer (default: 2).
Increasing this will use more memory, but might help with the X server
not responding quickly enough if video FPS is close to or higher than
the display refresh rate.
``no-colorkey``
Disables color-keying.
``x11`` (X11 only)
Shared memory video output driver without hardware acceleration that works
@@ -84,25 +86,23 @@ Available video output drivers are:
``chroma-deint``, ``pullup``, ``hqscaling``. These sub-options are
deprecated, and you should use the ``vdpaupp`` video filter instead.
The following global options are supported by this video output:
``--vo-vdpau-sharpen=<-1-1>``
``sharpen=<-1-1>``
(Deprecated. See note about ``vdpaupp``.)
For positive values, apply a sharpening algorithm to the video, for
negative values a blurring algorithm (default: 0).
``--vo-vdpau-denoise=<0-1>``
``denoise=<0-1>``
(Deprecated. See note about ``vdpaupp``.)
Apply a noise reduction algorithm to the video (default: 0; no noise
reduction).
``--vo-vdpau-deint=<-4-4>``
``deint=<-4-4>``
(Deprecated. See note about ``vdpaupp``.)
Select deinterlacing mode (default: 0). In older versions (as well as
MPlayer/mplayer2) you could use this option to enable deinterlacing.
This doesn't work anymore, and deinterlacing is enabled with either
the ``d`` key (by default mapped to the command ``cycle deinterlace``),
the ``D`` key (by default mapped to the command ``cycle deinterlace``),
or the ``--deinterlace`` option. Also, to select the default deint mode,
you should use something like ``--vf-defaults=vdpaupp:deint-mode=temporal``
instead of this sub-option.
@@ -119,32 +119,32 @@ Available video output drivers are:
4
Motion-adaptive temporal deinterlacing with edge-guided spatial
interpolation. Needs fast video hardware.
``--vo-vdpau-chroma-deint``
``chroma-deint``
(Deprecated. See note about ``vdpaupp``.)
Makes temporal deinterlacers operate both on luma and chroma (default).
Use no-chroma-deint to solely use luma and speed up advanced
deinterlacing. Useful with slow video memory.
``--vo-vdpau-pullup``
``pullup``
(Deprecated. See note about ``vdpaupp``.)
Try to apply inverse telecine, needs motion adaptive temporal
deinterlacing.
``--vo-vdpau-hqscaling=<0-9>``
``hqscaling=<0-9>``
(Deprecated. See note about ``vdpaupp``.)
0
Use default VDPAU scaling (default).
1-9
Apply high quality VDPAU scaling (needs capable hardware).
``--vo-vdpau-fps=<number>``
``fps=<number>``
Override autodetected display refresh rate value (the value is needed
for framedrop to allow video playback rates higher than display
refresh rate, and for vsync-aware frame timing adjustments). Default 0
means use autodetected value. A positive value is interpreted as a
refresh rate in Hz and overrides the autodetected value. A negative
value disables all timing adjustment and framedrop logic.
``--vo-vdpau-composite-detect``
``composite-detect``
NVIDIA's current VDPAU implementation behaves somewhat differently
under a compositing window manager and does not give accurate frame
timing information. With this option enabled, the player tries to
@@ -154,21 +154,21 @@ Available video output drivers are:
means timing is somewhat less accurate than without compositing, but
with the composited mode behavior of the NVIDIA driver, there is no
hard playback speed limit even without the disabled logic. Enabled by
default, use ``--vo-vdpau-composite-detect=no`` to disable.
``--vo-vdpau-queuetime-windowed=<number>`` and ``queuetime-fs=<number>``
default, use ``no-composite-detect`` to disable.
``queuetime_windowed=<number>`` and ``queuetime_fs=<number>``
Use VDPAU's presentation queue functionality to queue future video
frame changes at most this many milliseconds in advance (default: 50).
See below for additional information.
``--vo-vdpau-output-surfaces=<2-15>``
``output_surfaces=<2-15>``
Allocate this many output surfaces to display video frames (default:
3). See below for additional information.
``--vo-vdpau-colorkey=<#RRGGBB|#AARRGGBB>``
``colorkey=<#RRGGBB|#AARRGGBB>``
Set the VDPAU presentation queue background color, which in practice
is the colorkey used if VDPAU operates in overlay mode (default:
``#020507``, some shade of black). If the alpha component of this value
is 0, the default VDPAU colorkey will be used instead (which is usually
green).
``--vo-vdpau-force-yuv``
``force-yuv``
Never accept RGBA input. This means mpv will insert a filter to convert
to a YUV format before the VO. Sometimes useful to force availability
of certain YUV-only features, like video equalizer or deinterlacing.
@@ -195,40 +195,31 @@ Available video output drivers are:
driver implementation may also have limits on the length of maximum
queuing time or number of queued surfaces that work well or at all.
``direct3d`` (Windows only)
``direct3d_shaders`` (Windows only)
Video output driver that uses the Direct3D interface.
.. note:: This driver is for compatibility with systems that don't provide
proper OpenGL drivers, and where ANGLE does not perform well.
proper OpenGL drivers.
.. note:: Before to 0.21.0, ``direct3d_shaders`` and ``direct3d`` were
different, with ``direct3d`` not using shader by default. Now
both use shaders by default, and ``direct3d_shaders`` is a
deprecated alias. Use the ``--vo-direct3d-prefer-stretchrect``
or the ``--vo-direct3d-disable-shaders`` options to get the old
behavior of ``direct3d``.
The following global options are supported by this video output:
``--vo-direct3d-prefer-stretchrect``
``prefer-stretchrect``
Use ``IDirect3DDevice9::StretchRect`` over other methods if possible.
``--vo-direct3d-disable-stretchrect``
``disable-stretchrect``
Never render the video using ``IDirect3DDevice9::StretchRect``.
``--vo-direct3d-disable-textures``
``disable-textures``
Never render the video using D3D texture rendering. Rendering with
textures + shader will still be allowed. Add ``disable-shaders`` to
completely disable video rendering with textures.
``--vo-direct3d-disable-shaders``
``disable-shaders``
Never use shaders when rendering video.
``--vo-direct3d-only-8bit``
``only-8bit``
Never render YUV video with more than 8 bits per component.
Using this flag will force software conversion to 8-bit.
``--vo-direct3d-disable-texture-align``
``disable-texture-align``
Normally texture sizes are always aligned to 16. With this option
enabled, the video texture will always have exactly the same size as
the video itself.
@@ -238,11 +229,11 @@ Available video output drivers are:
might crash, might cause slow downs, etc. Contact the developers if you
actually need any of these for performance or proper operation.
``--vo-direct3d-force-power-of-2``
``force-power-of-2``
Always force textures to power of 2, even if the device reports
non-power-of-2 texture sizes as supported.
``--vo-direct3d-texture-memory=<mode>``
``texture-memory=<mode>``
Only affects operation with shaders/texturing enabled, and (E)OSD.
Possible values:
@@ -266,24 +257,26 @@ Available video output drivers are:
Use ``D3DPOOL_SCRATCH``, with a ``D3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM`` texture for
locking.
``--vo-direct3d-swap-discard``
``swap-discard``
Use ``D3DSWAPEFFECT_DISCARD``, which might be faster.
Might be slower too, as it must(?) clear every frame.
``--vo-direct3d-exact-backbuffer``
``exact-backbuffer``
Always resize the backbuffer to window size.
``direct3d`` (Windows only)
Same as ``direct3d_shaders``, but with the options ``disable-textures``
and ``disable-shaders`` forced.
.. note:: This driver is for compatibility with old systems.
``opengl``
OpenGL video output driver. It supports extended scaling methods, dithering
and color management.
See `OpenGL renderer options`_ for options specific to this VO.
By default, it tries to use fast and fail-safe settings. Use the
``opengl-hq`` profile to use this driver with defaults set to high
quality rendering. (This profile is also the replacement for
``--vo=opengl-hq``.) The profile can be applied with ``--profile=opengl-hq``
and its contents can be viewed with ``--show-profile=opengl-hq``.
By default, it tries to use fast and fail-safe settings. Use the alias
``opengl-hq`` to use this driver with defaults set to high quality
rendering.
Requires at least OpenGL 2.1.
@@ -297,13 +290,363 @@ Available video output drivers are:
color space conversion and chroma upsampling is generally in the hand of
the hardware decoder APIs.
``opengl`` makes use of FBOs by default. Sometimes you can achieve better
quality or performance by changing the ``--opengl-fbo-format`` option to
``rgb16f``, ``rgb32f`` or ``rgb``. Known problems include Mesa/Intel not
accepting ``rgb16``, Mesa sometimes not being compiled with float texture
support, and some OS X setups being very slow with ``rgb16`` but fast
with ``rgb32f``. If you have problems, you can also try enabling the
``--opengl-dumb-mode=yes`` option.
``scale=<filter>``
``bilinear``
Bilinear hardware texture filtering (fastest, very low quality).
This is the default for compatibility reasons.
``spline36``
Mid quality and speed. This is the default when using ``opengl-hq``.
``lanczos``
Lanczos scaling. Provides mid quality and speed. Generally worse
than ``spline36``, but it results in a slightly sharper image
which is good for some content types. The number of taps can be
controlled with ``scale-radius``, but is best left unchanged.
This filter corresponds to the old ``lanczos3`` alias if the default
radius is used, while ``lanczos2`` corresponds to a radius of 2.
``ewa_lanczos``
Elliptic weighted average Lanczos scaling. Also known as Jinc.
Relatively slow, but very good quality. The number of taps can
be controlled with ``scale-radius``. Adding extra taps makes the
filter sharper but adds more ringing.
This filter supports antiringing (see ``scale-antiring``).
``mitchell``
Mitchell-Netravali. The ``b`` and ``c`` parameters can be set with
``scale-param1`` and ``scale-param2``. Both are set to 1/3 by default.
This filter is very good at downscaling (see ``scale-down``).
There are some more filters, but most are not as useful. For a complete
list, pass ``help`` as value, e.g.::
mpv --vo=opengl:scale=help
``scale-param1=<value>``
Set filter parameters. Ignored if the filter is not tunable. These are
unset by default, and use the filter specific default if applicable.
``scale-param2=<value>``
See ``scale-param1``.
``scale-radius=<r>``
Set radius for filters listed below, must be a float number between 1.0
and 16.0. Defaults to be 3.0 if not specified.
``sinc``, ``lanczos``, ``ewa_lanczos``, ``blackman``, ``gaussian``
Note that depending on filter implementation details and video scaling
ratio, the radius that actually being used might be different
(most likely being increased a bit).
``scale-antiring=<value>``
Set the antiringing strength. This tries to eliminate ringing, but can
introduce other artifacts in the process. Must be a float number
between 0.0 and 1.0. The default value of 0.0 disables antiringing
entirely.
Note that this currently only affects ``ewa_lanczos``.
``scaler-resizes-only``
Disable the scaler if the video image is not resized. In that case,
``bilinear`` is used instead whatever is set with ``scale``. Bilinear
will reproduce the source image perfectly if no scaling is performed.
Note that this option never affects ``cscale``.
``srgb``
Convert and color correct the output to sRGB before displaying it on
the screen. This option enables ``linear-scaling``.
This option is equivalent to using ``icc-profile`` with an sRGB ICC
profile, but it is implemented without a 3DLUT and does not require
LittleCMS 2. If both ``srgb`` and ``icc-profile`` are present, the
latter takes precedence, as they are somewhat redundant.
Note: When playing back BT.2020 content with this option enabled, out
of gamut colors will be numerically clipped, which can potentially
change the hue and/or luminance. If this is not desired, it is
recommended to use ``icc-profile`` with an sRGB ICC profile instead,
when playing back wide-gamut BT.2020 content.
``pbo``
Enable use of PBOs. This is slightly faster, but can sometimes lead to
sporadic and temporary image corruption (in theory, because reupload
is not retried when it fails), and perhaps actually triggers slower
paths with drivers that don't support PBOs properly.
``dither-depth=<N|no|auto>``
Set dither target depth to N. Default: no.
no
Disable any dithering done by mpv.
auto
Automatic selection. If output bit depth cannot be detected,
8 bits per component are assumed.
8
Dither to 8 bit output.
Note that the depth of the connected video display device can not be
detected. Often, LCD panels will do dithering on their own, which
conflicts with ``opengl``'s dithering and leads to ugly output.
``dither-size-fruit=<2-8>``
Set the size of the dither matrix (default: 6). The actual size of
the matrix is ``(2^N) x (2^N)`` for an option value of ``N``, so a
value of 6 gives a size of 64x64. The matrix is generated at startup
time, and a large matrix can take rather long to compute (seconds).
Used in ``dither=fruit`` mode only.
``dither=<fruit|ordered|no>``
Select dithering algorithm (default: fruit). (Normally, the
``dither-depth`` option controls whether dithering is enabled.)
``temporal-dither``
Enable temporal dithering. (Only active if dithering is enabled in
general.) This changes between 8 different dithering pattern on each
frame by changing the orientation of the tiled dithering matrix.
Unfortunately, this can lead to flicker on LCD displays, since these
have a high reaction time.
``debug``
Check for OpenGL errors, i.e. call ``glGetError()``. Also request a
debug OpenGL context (which does nothing with current graphics drivers
as of this writing).
``swapinterval=<n>``
Interval in displayed frames between two buffer swaps.
1 is equivalent to enable VSYNC, 0 to disable VSYNC.
``cscale=<filter>``
As ``scale``, but for interpolating chroma information. If the image
is not subsampled, this option is ignored entirely. Note that the
implementation is currently always done as a single pass, so using
it with separable filters will result in slow performance for very
little visible benefit.
``scale-down=<filter>``
Like ``scale``, but apply these filters on downscaling instead. If this
option is unset, the filter implied by ``scale`` will be applied.
``cscale-param1``, ``cscale-param2``, ``cscale-radius``, ``cscale-antiring``
Set filter parameters and radius for ``cscale``.
See ``scale-param1``, ``scale-param2``, ``scale-radius`` and
``scale-antiring``.
``linear-scaling``
Scale in linear light. This is automatically enabled if ``srgb``,
``icc-profile`` or ``sigmoid-upscaling`` is set. It should only
be used with a ``fbo-format`` that has at least 16 bit precision.
``fancy-downscaling``
When using convolution based filters, extend the filter size
when downscaling. Trades quality for reduced downscaling performance.
This is automatically disabled for anamorphic video, because this
feature doesn't work correctly with different scale factors in
different directions.
``sigmoid-upscaling``
When upscaling, use a sigmoidal color transform to avoid emphasizing
ringing artifacts. This also enables ``linear-scaling``.
``sigmoid-center``
The center of the sigmoid curve used for ``sigmoid-upscaling``, must
be a float between 0.0 and 1.0. Defaults to 0.75 if not specified.
``sigmoid-slope``
The slope of the sigmoid curve used for ``sigmoid-upscaling``, must
be a float between 1.0 and 20.0. Defaults to 6.5 if not specified.
``no-npot``
Force use of power-of-2 texture sizes. For debugging only.
Borders will be distorted due to filtering.
``glfinish``
Call ``glFinish()`` before and after swapping buffers (default: disabled).
Slower, but might help getting better results when doing framedropping.
Can completely ruin performance. The details depend entirely on the
OpenGL driver.
``waitvsync``
Call ``glXWaitVideoSyncSGI`` after each buffer swap (default: disabled).
This may or may not help with video timing accuracy and frame drop. It's
possible that this makes video output slower, or has no effect at all.
X11/GLX only.
``sw``
Continue even if a software renderer is detected.
``backend=<sys>``
The value ``auto`` (the default) selects the windowing backend. You
can also pass ``help`` to get a complete list of compiled in backends
(sorted by autoprobe order).
auto
auto-select (default)
cocoa
Cocoa/OS X
win
Win32/WGL
x11, x11es
X11/GLX (the ``es`` variant forces GLES)
wayland
Wayland/EGL
x11egl, x11egles
X11/EGL (the ``es`` variant forces GLES)
``fbo-format=<fmt>``
Selects the internal format of textures used for FBOs. The format can
influence performance and quality of the video output. (FBOs are not
always used, and typically only when using extended scalers.)
``fmt`` can be one of: rgb, rgba, rgb8, rgb10, rgb10_a2, rgb16, rgb16f,
rgb32f, rgba12, rgba16, rgba16f, rgba32f.
Default: rgba.
``gamma=<0.1..2.0>``
Set a gamma value (default: 1.0). If gamma is adjusted in other ways
(like with the ``--gamma`` option or key bindings and the ``gamma``
property), the value is multiplied with the other gamma value.
Recommended values based on the environmental brightness:
1.0
Brightly illuminated (default)
0.9
Slightly dim
0.8
Pitch black room
``icc-profile=<file>``
Load an ICC profile and use it to transform linear RGB to screen output.
Needs LittleCMS 2 support compiled in. This option overrides the ``srgb``
property, as using both is somewhat redundant. It also enables
``linear-scaling``.
``icc-profile-auto``
Automatically select the ICC display profile currently specified by
the display settings of the operating system.
NOTE: Only implemented on OS X and X11
``icc-cache=<file>``
Store and load the 3D LUT created from the ICC profile in this file.
This can be used to speed up loading, since LittleCMS 2 can take a while
to create the 3D LUT. Note that this file contains an uncompressed LUT.
Its size depends on the ``3dlut-size``, and can be very big.
``icc-intent=<value>``
Specifies the ICC Intent used for transformations between color spaces.
This affects the rendering when using ``icc-profile`` or ``srgb`` and
also affects the way DCP XYZ content gets converted to RGB.
0
perceptual
1
relative colorimetric (default)
2
saturation
3
absolute colorimetric
``3dlut-size=<r>x<g>x<b>``
Size of the 3D LUT generated from the ICC profile in each dimension.
Default is 128x256x64.
Sizes must be a power of two, and 512 at most.
``alpha=<blend|yes|no>``
Decides what to do if the input has an alpha component (default: blend).
blend
Blend the frame against a black background.
yes
Try to create a framebuffer with alpha component. This only makes sense
if the video contains alpha information (which is extremely rare). May
not be supported on all platforms. If alpha framebuffers are
unavailable, it silently falls back on a normal framebuffer. Note
that if you set the ``fbo-format`` option to a non-default value,
a format with alpha must be specified, or this won't work.
no
Ignore alpha component.
``chroma-location=<auto|center|left>``
Set the YUV chroma sample location. auto means use the bitstream
flags (default: auto).
``rectangle-textures``
Force use of rectangle textures (default: no). Normally this shouldn't
have any advantages over normal textures. Note that hardware decoding
overrides this flag.
``background=<color>``
Color used to draw parts of the mpv window not covered by video.
See ``--osd-color`` option how colors are defined.
``smoothmotion``
Reduce stuttering caused by mismatches in video fps and display
refresh rate (also known as judder).
Instead of drawing source frames for variable durations, smoothmotion
will blend frames that overlap the transition between two frames in
the source material.
For example, a 24 Hz clip played back on a 60 Hz display would normally
result in a pattern like this::
A A A B B C C C D D E E E F F
which has different lengths, alternating between 3 and 2. This
difference in frame duration is what causes judder.
With smoothmotion enabled, the pattern changes to::
A A A+B B B C C C+D D D E E E+F F F
where A+B is a blend of A and B. In this pattern, each frame gets a
(consistent) duration of roughly 2.5 - resulting in smooth motion.
GPU drivers or compositing window managers overriding vsync behavior
can lead to bad results. If the framerate is close to or over the
display refresh rate, results can be bad as well.
.. note:: On systems other than Linux or OS X, you currently must set
the ``--display-fps`` option, or the results will be bad.
``smoothmotion-threshold=<0.0-0.5>``
Mix threshold at which interpolation is skipped (default: 0.0 – never
skip).
For example, with a ``smoothmotion-threshold`` of 0.1, if the
smoothmotion algorithm would try to blend two frames by a ratio of
95% A + 5% B, it would simply display A instead. (Since the
distance, 0.05, is lower than the threshold)
Setting this to 0.5 would be similar to disabling smoothmotion
completely, since it would always just display the nearest frame.
``opengl-hq``
Same as ``opengl``, but with default settings for high quality rendering.
This is equivalent to::
--vo=opengl:scale=spline36:scale-down=mitchell:dither-depth=auto:fbo-format=rgba16:fancy-downscaling:sigmoid-upscaling
Note that some cheaper LCDs do dithering that gravely interferes with
``opengl``'s dithering. Disabling dithering with ``dither-depth=no`` helps.
Unlike ``opengl``, ``opengl-hq`` makes use of FBOs by default. Sometimes you
can achieve better quality or performance by changing the ``fbo-format``
suboption to ``rgb16f``, ``rgb32f`` or ``rgb``. Known problems include
Mesa/Intel not accepting ``rgb16``, Mesa sometimes not being compiled with
float texture support, and some OS X setups being very slow with ``rgb16``
but fast with ``rgb32f``.
``sdl``
SDL 2.0+ Render video output driver, depending on system with or without
@@ -313,25 +656,22 @@ Available video output drivers are:
.. note:: This driver is for compatibility with systems that don't provide
proper graphics drivers, or which support GLES only.
The following global options are supported by this video output:
``--sdl-sw``
``sw``
Continue even if a software renderer is detected.
``--sdl-switch-mode``
``switch-mode``
Instruct SDL to switch the monitor video mode when going fullscreen.
``vaapi``
Intel VA API video output driver with support for hardware decoding. Note
that there is absolutely no reason to use this, other than compatibility.
This is low quality, and has issues with OSD.
that there is absolutely no reason to use this, other than wanting to use
hardware decoding to save power on laptops, or possibly preventing video
tearing with some setups.
.. note:: This driver is for compatibility with crappy systems. You can
use vaapi hardware decoding with ``--vo=opengl`` too.
The following global options are supported by this video output:
``--vo-vaapi-scaling=<algorithm>``
``scaling=<algorithm>``
default
Driver default (mpv default as well).
fast
@@ -341,9 +681,9 @@ Available video output drivers are:
nla
``non-linear anamorphic scaling``
``--vo-vaapi-deint-mode=<mode>``
``deint-mode=<mode>``
Select deinterlacing algorithm. Note that by default deinterlacing is
initially always off, and needs to be enabled with the ``d`` key
initially always off, and needs to be enabled with the ``D`` key
(default key binding for ``cycle deinterlace``).
This option doesn't apply if libva supports video post processing (vpp).
@@ -360,7 +700,7 @@ Available video output drivers are:
bob
bob deinterlacing (default for older libva).
``--vo-vaapi-scaled-osd=<yes|no>``
``scaled-osd=<yes|no>``
If enabled, then the OSD is rendered at video resolution and scaled to
display resolution. By default, this is disabled, and the OSD is
rendered at display resolution if the driver supports it.
@@ -368,48 +708,16 @@ Available video output drivers are:
``null``
Produces no video output. Useful for benchmarking.
Usually, it's better to disable video with ``--no-video`` instead.
The following global options are supported by this video output:
``--vo-null-fps=<value>``
Simulate display FPS. This artificially limits how many frames the
VO accepts per second.
``caca``
Color ASCII art video output driver that works on a text console.
.. note:: This driver is a joke.
``tct``
Color Unicode art video output driver that works on a text console.
Depends on support of true color by modern terminals to display the images
at full color range. On Windows it requires an ansi terminal such as mintty.
``--vo-tct-algo=<algo>``
Select how to write the pixels to the terminal.
half-blocks
Uses unicode LOWER HALF BLOCK character to achieve higher vertical
resolution. (Default.)
plain
Uses spaces. Causes vertical resolution to drop twofolds, but in
theory works in more places.
``--vo-tct-width=<width>`` ``--vo-tct-height=<height>``
Assume the terminal has the specified character width and/or height.
These default to 80x25 if the terminal size cannot be determined.
``--vo-tct-256=<yes|no>`` (default: no)
Use 256 colors - for terminals which don't support true color.
``image``
Output each frame into an image file in the current directory. Each file
takes the frame number padded with leading zeros as name.
The following global options are supported by this video output:
``--vo-image-format=<format>``
``format=<format>``
Select the image file format.
jpg
@@ -418,25 +726,33 @@ Available video output drivers are:
JPEG files, extension .jpeg.
png
PNG files.
ppm
Portable bitmap format.
pgm
Portable graymap format.
pgmyuv
Portable graymap format, using the YV12 pixel format.
tga
Truevision TGA.
``--vo-image-png-compression=<0-9>``
``png-compression=<0-9>``
PNG compression factor (speed vs. file size tradeoff) (default: 7)
``--vo-image-png-filter=<0-5>``
``png-filter=<0-5>``
Filter applied prior to PNG compression (0 = none; 1 = sub; 2 = up;
3 = average; 4 = Paeth; 5 = mixed) (default: 5)
``--vo-image-jpeg-quality=<0-100>``
``jpeg-quality=<0-100>``
JPEG quality factor (default: 90)
``--vo-image-jpeg-progressive=<yes|no>``
``(no-)jpeg-progressive``
Specify standard or progressive JPEG (default: no).
``--vo-image-jpeg-baseline=<yes|no>``
``(no-)jpeg-baseline``
Specify use of JPEG baseline or not (default: yes).
``--vo-image-jpeg-optimize=<0-100>``
``jpeg-optimize=<0-100>``
JPEG optimization factor (default: 100)
``--vo-image-jpeg-smooth=<0-100>``
``jpeg-smooth=<0-100>``
smooth factor (default: 0)
``--vo-image-jpeg-dpi=<1->``
``jpeg-dpi=<1->``
JPEG DPI (default: 72)
``--vo-image-outdir=<dirname>``
``outdir=<dirname>``
Specify the directory to save the image files to (default: ``./``).
``wayland`` (Wayland only)
@@ -445,73 +761,41 @@ Available video output drivers are:
.. note:: This driver is for compatibility with systems that don't provide
working OpenGL drivers.
The following global options are supported by this video output:
``--vo-wayland-alpha``
``alpha``
Use a buffer format that supports videos and images with alpha
information
``--vo-wayland-rgb565``
``rgb565``
Use RGB565 as buffer format. This format is implemented on most
platforms, especially on embedded where it is far more efficient then
RGB8888.
``--vo-wayland-triple-buffering``
``triple-buffering``
Use 3 buffers instead of 2. This can lead to more fluid playback, but
uses more memory.
``opengl-cb``
For use with libmpv direct OpenGL embedding; useless in any other contexts.
(See ``<mpv/opengl_cb.h>``.)
Usually, ``opengl-cb`` renders frames asynchronously by client and this
can cause some frame drops. In order to provide a way to handle this
situation, ``opengl-cb`` has its own frame queue and calls update callback
more frequently if the queue is not empty regardless of existence of new frame.
Once the queue is filled, ``opengl-cb`` drops frames automatically.
This also supports many of the options the ``opengl`` VO has.
With default options, ``opengl-cb`` renders only the latest frame and drops
all frames handed over while waiting render function after update callback.
``rpi`` (Raspberry Pi)
Native video output on the Raspberry Pi using the MMAL API.
``frame-queue-size=<1..100>``
The maximum count of frames which the frame queue can hold (default: 1)
This is deprecated. Use ``--vo=opengl`` instead, which is the default and
provides the same functionality. The ``rpi`` VO will be removed in
mpv 0.23.0. Its functionality was folded into --vo=opengl, which now uses
RPI hardware decoding by treating it as a hardware overlay (without applying
GL filtering). Also to be changed in 0.23.0: the --fs flag will be reset to
"no" by default (like on the other platforms).
``frame-drop-mode=<pop|clear>``
Select the behavior when the frame queue is full.
The following deprecated global options are supported by this video output:
pop
Drop the oldest frame in the frame queue. (default)
clear
Drop all frames in the frame queue.
``--rpi-display=<number>``
Select the display number on which the video overlay should be shown
(default: 0).
``--rpi-layer=<number>``
Select the dispmanx layer on which the video overlay should be shown
(default: -10). Note that mpv will also use the 2 layers above the
selected layer, to handle the window background and OSD. Actual video
rendering will happen on the layer above the selected layer.
``--rpi-background=<yes|no>``
Whether to render a black background behind the video (default: no).
Normally it's better to kill the console framebuffer instead, which
gives better performance.
``--rpi-osd=<yes|no>``
Enabled by default. If disabled with ``no``, no OSD layer is created.
This also means there will be no subtitles rendered.
``drm`` (Direct Rendering Manager)
Video output driver using Kernel Mode Setting / Direct Rendering Manager.
Should be used when one doesn't want to install full-blown graphical
environment (e.g. no X). Does not support hardware acceleration (if you
need this, check the ``drm`` backend for ``opengl`` VO).
The following global options are supported by this video output:
``--drm-connector=[<gpu_number>.]<name>``
Select the connector to use (usually this is a monitor.) If ``<name>``
is empty or ``auto``, mpv renders the output on the first available
connector. Use ``--drm-connector=help`` to get list of available
connectors. When using multiple graphic cards, use the ``<gpu_number>``
argument to disambiguate.
(default: empty)
``--drm-mode=<number>``
Mode ID to use (resolution, bit depth and frame rate).
(default: 0)
This also supports many of the suboptions the ``opengl`` VO has. Runs
``mpv --vo=opengl-cb:help`` for a list.
This also supports the ``vo_cmdline`` command.
+16 -29
View File
@@ -7,11 +7,8 @@ large part of which is incompatible or completely changes how the player
behaves. Although there are still many similarities to its ancestors, **mpv**
should generally be treated as a completely different program.
.. admonition:: Warning
This document is **not updated** anymore, and is **incomplete** and
**outdated**. If you look for old option replacements, always check with
the current mpv manpage, as the options could have changed meanwhile.
.. note::
These lists are incomplete.
General Changes from MPlayer to mpv
-----------------------------------
@@ -33,7 +30,7 @@ Player
* Slave mode compatibility broken (see below).
* Re-enable screensaver while the player is paused.
* Allow resuming playback at a later point with ``Shift+q``, also see the
``quit-watch-later`` input command.
``quit_watch_later`` input command.
* ``--keep-open`` option to stop the player from closing the window and
exiting after playback ends.
* A client API, that allows embedding **mpv** into applications
@@ -49,13 +46,6 @@ Input
* Allow customizing whether a key binding for seeking shows the video time, the
OSD bar, or nothing (see the `Input Command Prefixes`_ section).
* Support mapping multiple commands to one key.
* Classic LIRC support was removed. Install remotes as input devices instead.
This way they will send X11 key events to the mpv window, which can be bound
using the normal ``input.conf``.
Also see: http://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/IR-remotes
* Joystick support was removed. It was considered useless and was the cause
of some problems (e.g. a laptop's accelerator being recognized as joystick).
* Support for relative seeking by percentage.
Audio
~~~~~
@@ -82,8 +72,7 @@ Video
using most of FFmpeg's filters, which improve greatly on the old MPlayer
filters in features, performance, and correctness.
* More correct color reproduction (color matrix generation), including support
for BT.2020 (Ultra HD). linear XYZ (Digital Cinema) and SMPTE ST2084 (HDR)
inputs.
for BT.2020 (Ultra HD) and linear XYZ (Digital Cinema) inputs.
* Support for color managed displays, via ICC profiles.
* High-quality image resamplers (see the ``opengl`` ``scale`` suboption).
* Support for scaling in (sigmoidized) linear light.
@@ -98,8 +87,6 @@ Video
* Image subtitles (DVDs etc.) are rendered in color and use more correct
positioning (color for image subs can be disabled with ``--sub-gray``).
* Support for the X11 video output is removed, since it was considered
deprecated. SDL video output can still be used as a fallback.
OSD and terminal
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -212,7 +199,7 @@ Command Line Switches
``-no<opt>`` ``--no-<opt>`` (add a dash)
``-a52drc level`` ``--ad-lavc-ac3drc=level``
``-ac spdifac3`` ``--ad=spdif:ac3`` (see ``--ad=help``)
``-af volnorm`` (removed; use acompressor ffmpeg filter instead)
``-af volnorm`` ``--af=drc`` (renamed)
``-afm hwac3`` ``--ad=spdif:ac3,spdif:dts``
``-ao alsa:device=hw=0.3`` ``--ao=alsa:device=[hw:0,3]``
``-aspect`` ``--video-aspect``
@@ -240,6 +227,7 @@ Command Line Switches
``-idx`` ``--index``
``-lavdopts ...`` ``--vd-lavc-...``
``-lavfdopts`` ``--demuxer-lavf-...``
``-lircconf`` ``--input-lirc-conf``
``-loop 0`` ``--loop=inf``
``-mixer-channel`` AO suboptions (``alsa``, ``oss``)
``-mixer`` AO suboptions (``alsa``, ``oss``)
@@ -251,6 +239,7 @@ Command Line Switches
``-noar`` ``--no-input-appleremote``
``-noautosub`` ``--no-sub-auto``
``-noconsolecontrols`` ``--no-input-terminal``
``-nojoystick`` ``--no-input-joystick``
``-nosound`` ``--no-audio``
``-osdlevel`` ``--osd-level``
``-panscanrange`` ``--video-zoom``, ``--video-pan-x/y``
@@ -265,14 +254,13 @@ Command Line Switches
``-ssf <sub>`` ``--sws-...``
``-stop-xscreensaver`` ``--stop-screensaver``
``-sub-fuzziness`` ``--sub-auto``
``-sub-text-*`` ``--sub-*``
``-sub`` ``--sub-file``
``-subcp`` ``--sub-codepage``
``-subdelay`` ``--sub-delay``
``-subfile`` ``--sub-file``
``-subfont-*`` ``--sub-*``, ``--osd-*``
``-subfont-*`` ``--sub-text-*``, ``--osd-*``
``-subfont-text-scale`` ``--sub-scale``
``-subfont`` ``--sub-font``
``-subfont`` ``--sub-text-font``
``-subfps`` ``--sub-fps``
``-subpos`` ``--sub-pos``
``-sws`` ``--sws-scaler``
@@ -284,7 +272,7 @@ Command Line Switches
``-xineramascreen`` ``--screen`` (different values)
``-xy W`` ``--autofit=W``
``-zoom`` Inverse available as ``--video-unscaled``
``dvdnav://`` Removed.
``dvdnav://`` ``dvdnav://menu``
``dvd://1`` ``dvd://0`` (0-based offset)
=========================== ========================================
@@ -316,11 +304,11 @@ input.conf and Slave Commands
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| Old | New |
+================================+========================================+
| ``pt_step 1 [0|1]`` | ``playlist-next [weak|force]`` |
| ``pt_step 1 [0|1]`` | ``playlist_next [weak|force]`` |
| | (translation layer cannot deal with |
| | whitespace) |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``pt_step -1 [0|1]`` | ``playlist-prev [weak|force] (same)`` |
| ``pt_step -1 [0|1]`` | ``playlist_prev [weak|force] (same)`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``switch_ratio [<ratio>]`` | ``set video-aspect <ratio>`` |
| | |
@@ -335,7 +323,7 @@ input.conf and Slave Commands
| ``<step> <dir>`` | ``no-osd``: ``no-osd cycle <prop>`` |
| | ``<step>`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``osd_show_property_text`` | ``show-text <text>`` |
| ``osd_show_property_text`` | ``show_text <text>`` |
| ``<text>`` | The property expansion format string |
| | syntax slightly changed. |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
@@ -344,9 +332,9 @@ input.conf and Slave Commands
| | ``raw`` prefix to disable property |
| | expansion. |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``show_tracks`` | ``show-text ${track-list}`` |
| ``show_tracks`` | ``show_text ${track-list}`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``show_chapters`` | ``show-text ${chapter-list}`` |
| ``show_chapters`` | ``show_text ${chapter-list}`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
| ``af_switch``, ``af_add``, ... | ``af set|add|...`` |
+--------------------------------+----------------------------------------+
@@ -404,8 +392,7 @@ Slave mode
Assuming the system supports ``/dev/stdin``.
(The option was added back in 0.5.1 and sets exactly these options. It was
removed in 0.10.x again.)
(The option was readded in 0.5.1 and sets exactly these options.)
* A JSON RPC protocol giving access to the client API is also supported. See
`JSON IPC`_ for more information.
+29 -75
View File
@@ -1,110 +1,64 @@
Release Policy
==============
Once or twice a month, a new release is cut off of the master branch and is
assigned a 0.X.Y version number, where X is incremented each time a release
contains breaking changes, such as changed options or added/removed features,
and Y is incremented if a release contains only bugfixes and other minor
changes.
Every few months, a new release is cut off of the master branch and is assigned
a 0.X.0 version number.
Releases are tagged on the master branch and will not be maintained separately.
As part of the maintenance process, minor releases are made, which are assigned
0.X.Y version numbers. Minor releases contain bug fixes only. They never merge
the master branch, and no features are added to it. Only the latest release is
maintained.
The goal of releases is to provide Linux distributions with something to
package. If you want the newest features, just use the master branch.
We try our best to keep it deployable at all times.
The goal of releases is to provide stability and an unchanged base for the sake
of Linux distributions. If you want the newest features, just use the master
branch, which is stable most of the time, except sometimes, when it's not.
Releases other than the latest release are unsupported and unmaintained.
Release procedure
-----------------
While on master:
- Create branch release/0.X or cherry-pick commits to the relevant branch.
- Update the `RELEASE_NOTES` file.
- Create and/or update the ``RELEASE_NOTES`` file.
- Update the `VERSION` file.
- Create and/or update the ``VERSION`` file.
- Update `DOCS/client-api-changes.rst` and `DOCS/interface-changes.rst`
(in particular, update the last version numbers if necessary)
- Update ``DOCS/client-api-changes.rst`` (on major releases).
- Commit changes.
- Create tag v0.X.Y.
- Create signed tag v0.X.Y.
- Push branch and tag to GitHub.
- Add -UNKNOWN suffix to version in `VERSION` file.
- Commit changes, push branch and tag to GitHub.
- Create a new GitHub release using the content of `RELEASE_NOTES` related to
- Create a new GitHub release using the content of ``RELEASE_NOTES`` related to
the new version.
Release notes template
----------------------
Here is a template that can be used for writing the `RELEASE_NOTES` file.
Here is a template that can be used for writing the ``RELEASE_NOTES`` file.
```markdown
Release 0.X.Y
=============
Features
--------
Changes
-------
New
~~~
- List of changes.
- List of new features
Bug fixes
---------
Removed
~~~~~~~
- List of bug fixes.
- List of removed features
New features
------------
Deprecated
~~~~~~~~~~
- List of deprecated features
Behavior
--------
- List of user-visible changes in behavior
Options and Commands
--------------------
Added
~~~~~
- List of added options and commands
Changed
~~~~~~~
- List of changed options and commands
Renamed
~~~~~~~
- List of renamed options and commands
Deprecated
~~~~~~~~~~
- List of deprecated options and commands
Removed
~~~~~~~
- List of removed options and commands
Fixes and Minor Enhancements
----------------------------
- List of fixes and minor enhancements
- List of new features.
This listing is not complete. There are many more bug fixes and changes. The
complete change log can be viewed by running `git log <start>..<end>` in
complete change log can be viewed by running ``git log <start>..<end>`` in
the git repository.
```
@@ -112,6 +66,6 @@ Note that the "Release 0.X.Y" title should be removed when creating a new GitHub
release.
When creating a new point release its changes should be added on top of the
`RELEASE_NOTES` file (with the appropriate title) so that all the changes in
the current 0.X branch will be included. This way the `RELEASE_NOTES` file
``RELEASE_NOTES`` file (with the appropriate title) so that all the changes in
the current 0.X branch will be included. This way the ``RELEASE_NOTES`` file
can be used by distributors as changelog for point releases too.
+3 -2
View File
@@ -75,7 +75,8 @@ talloc.h & talloc.c:
allocation call will never return NULL.
One very useful feature of talloc is fast tracking of memory leaks. ("Fast"
as in it doesn't require valgrind.) You can enable it by setting the
as in it doesn't require valgrind.) You can enable it by passing the option
--leak-report as first parameter, or better, setting the
MPV_LEAK_REPORT environment variable to "1":
export MPV_LEAK_REPORT=1
This will list all unfree'd allocations on exit.
@@ -123,7 +124,7 @@ options/options.h, options/options.c
parser-mpcmd.c, and uses the option table in options.c.
input/input.c:
This translates keyboard input coming from VOs and other sources (such
This translates keyboard input comming from VOs and other sources (such
as remote control devices like Apple IR or client API commands) to the
key bindings listed in the user's (or the builtin) input.conf and turns
them into items of type struct mp_cmd. These commands are queued, and read
+5 -6
View File
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
waf build system overview
=========================
mpv's new build system is based on waf and it should completely replace the
mpv's new build system is based on waf and it should completly replace the
custom ./configure + Makefile based system inherited from MPlayer.
Goals and the choice of waf
@@ -20,9 +20,8 @@ shortcomings:
part is this pieces are spread apart in the configure and copy pasted for
any single case. That brings us to..
2) --enable-feature has to be overridden by the user and helps them understand that
they have libraries missing and should install them for the feature to be
enabled.
2) --enable-feature has to override the user and help him understand that he
has libraries missing and should install them for the feature to be enabled.
3) Must be customizable, hackable, pleasant to the developer eyes and to work
with in general.
@@ -65,7 +64,7 @@ This defines a feature called ``vdpau`` which can be enabled or disabled by
the users with configure flags (that's the meaning of ``--``). This feature
depends on another feature whose name is ``x11``, and the autodetection check
consists of running ``pkg-config`` and looking for ``vdpau`` with version
``>= 0.2``. If the check succeeds a ``#define HAVE_VDPAU 1`` will be added to
``>= 0.2``. If the check succeds a ``#define HAVE_VDPAU 1`` will be added to
``config.h``, if not ``#define HAVE_VDPAU 0`` will be added.
The defines names are automatically prepended with ``HAVE_``, capitalized and
@@ -146,7 +145,7 @@ mpv's custom build step on top of waf
Build step is pretty much vanilla waf. The only difference being that the list
of source files can contain both strings or tuples. If a tuple is found,
the second element in the tuple will be used to match the features detected
the second element in the tuple will the used to match the features detected
in the configure step (the ``name`` field described above). If this feature
was not enabled during configure, the source file will not be compiled in.
+51 -147
View File
@@ -1,68 +1,17 @@
![http://mpv.io/](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/mpv-player/mpv.io/master/source/images/mpv-logo-128.png)
## mpv
--------------
* [Overview](#overview)
* [Downloads](#downloads)
* [Changelog](#changelog)
* [Compilation](#compilation)
* [FFmpeg vs. Libav](#ffmpeg-vs-libav)
* [Release cycle](#release-cycle)
* [Bug reports](#bug-reports)
* [Contributing](#contributing)
* [Relation to MPlayer and mplayer2](#relation-to-mplayer-and-mplayer2)
* [Wiki](https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki)
* [FAQ](https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/FAQ)
* [Man pages](http://mpv.io/manual/master/)
* [Contact](#contact)
* [License](#license)
## Overview
mpv
===
Overview
--------
**mpv** is a media player based on MPlayer and mplayer2. It supports a wide
variety of video file formats, audio and video codecs, and subtitle types.
Releases can be found on the [release list][releases].
## System requirements
- A not too ancient Linux, or Windows Vista or later, or OSX 10.8 or later.
- A somewhat capable CPU. Hardware decoding might sometimes help if the CPU
is too slow to decode video realtime, but must be explicitly enabled with
the `--hwdec` option.
- A not too crappy GPU. mpv is not intended to be used with bad GPUs. There are
many caveats with drivers or system compositors causing tearing, stutter,
etc. On Windows, you might want to make sure the graphics drivers are
current. In some cases, ancient fallback video output methods can help
(such as `--vo=xv` on Linux), but this use is not recommended or supported.
## Downloads
For semi-official builds and third-party packages please see
[mpv.io](http://mpv.io/installation/).
## Changelog
There is no completely changelog, however changes to the player core interface
are listed in the [interface changelog][interface-changes].
Changes to the C API are documented in the [client API changelog][api-changes].
The [release list][releases] has a summary of most of the important changes
on every release.
Changes to the default key bindings are inidcated in
[restore-old-bindings.conf][restore-old-bindings].
## Compilation
If you are wondering what's different from mplayer2 and MPlayer you can read
more about the [changes][changes].
Compilation
-----------
Compiling with full features requires development files for several
external libraries. Below is a list of some important requirements.
@@ -86,21 +35,23 @@ To build the software you can use `./waf build`: the result of the compilation
will be located in `build/mpv`. You can use `./waf install` to install mpv
to the *prefix* after it is compiled.
NOTE: Using the old build system (with `./old-configure`) should still work,
but will be removed in a future version of mpv.
Essential dependencies (incomplete list):
- gcc or clang
- X development headers (xlib, xrandr, xext, xscrnsaver, xinerama, libvdpau,
libGL, libXv, ...)
- X development headers (xlib, X extensions, libvdpau, libGL, libXv, ...)
- Audio output development headers (libasound/ALSA, pulseaudio)
- FFmpeg libraries (libavutil libavcodec libavformat libswscale libavfilter
and either libswresample or libavresample)
At least FFmpeg 3.2.2 or Libav 12 is required.
At least FFmpeg 2.1.4 or Libav 10 is required.
- zlib
- iconv (normally provided by the system libc)
- libass (OSD, OSC, text subtitles)
- libass
- Lua (optional, required for the OSC pseudo-GUI and youtube-dl integration)
- libjpeg (optional, used for screenshots only)
- uchardet (optional, for subtitle charset detection)
- Enca (optional, for subtitle charset detection)
- vdpau and vaapi libraries for hardware decoding on Linux (optional)
Libass dependencies:
@@ -122,125 +73,78 @@ FFmpeg dependencies:
Most of the above libraries are available in suitable versions on normal
Linux distributions. However FFmpeg is an exception (distro versions may be
too old to work at all or work well). For that reason you may want to use
the separately available build wrapper ([mpv-build][mpv-build]) that first
compiles FFmpeg libraries and libass, and then compiles the player statically
linked against those.
the separately available build wrapper ([mpv-build][mpv-build]) that first compiles FFmpeg
libraries and libass, and then compiles the player statically linked against
those.
If you are running Mac OSX and using homebrew we provide [homebrew-mpv][homebrew-mpv], an up
to date formula that compiles mpv with sensible dependencies and defaults for
OSX.
If you want to build a Windows binary, you either have to use MSYS2 and MinGW,
or cross-compile from Linux with MinGW. See
[Windows compilation][windows_compilation].
## FFmpeg vs. Libav
or cross-compile from Linux with MinGW. See [Windows compilation][windows_compilation].
FFmpeg vs. Libav
----------------
Generally, mpv should work with the latest release as well as the git version
of both FFmpeg and Libav. But FFmpeg is preferred, and some mpv features work
with FFmpeg only (subtitle formats in particular).
with FFmpeg only. See the [wiki article][ffmpeg_vs_libav] about the issue.
## Preferred FFmpeg version
Release cycle
-------------
Every few months, a new release is cut off of the master branch and is assigned
a 0.X.0 version number.
Using the latest FFmpeg release (or FFmpeg git master) is strongly recommended.
Older versions are unsupported, even if the build system still happens to
accept them. The main reason mpv still builds with older FFmpeg versions is to
evade arguing with people (users, distros) who insist on using older FFmpeg
versions for no rational reason.
As part of the maintenance process, minor releases are made, which are assigned
0.X.Y version numbers. Minor releases contain bug fixes only. They never merge
the master branch, and no features are added to it. Only the latest release is
maintained.
If you want to use a stable FFmpeg release, use the latest release, which has
most likely the best maintenance out of all stable releases. Older releases
are for distros, and at best receive basic changes like fixing critical security
issues or build fixes, and at worst are completely abandoned.
## FFmpeg ABI compatibility
mpv does not support linking against FFmpeg versions it was not built with, even
if the linked version is supposedly ABI-compatible with the version it was
compiled against. Expect malfunctions, crashes, and security issues if you
do it anyway.
The reason for not supporting this is because it creates far too much complexity
with little to no benefit, coupled with absurd and unusable FFmpeg API
artifacts.
Newer mpv versions will refuse to start if runtime and compile time FFmpeg
library versions mismatch.
## Release cycle
Every other month, an arbitrary git snapshot is made, and is assigned
a 0.X.0 version number. No further maintenance is done.
The goal of releases is to make Linux distributions happy. Linux distributions
are also expected to apply their own patches in case of bugs and security
issues.
The goal of releases is to provide stability and an unchanged base for the sake
of Linux distributions. If you want the newest features, just use the master
branch, which is stable most of the time, except sometimes, when it's not.
Releases other than the latest release are unsupported and unmaintained.
See the [release policy document][release-policy] for more information.
## Bug reports
Bug reports
-----------
Please use the [issue tracker][issue-tracker] provided by GitHub to send us bug
reports or feature requests.
## Contributing
Contributing
------------
For small changes you can just send us pull requests through GitHub. For bigger
changes come and talk to us on IRC before you start working on them. It will
make code review easier for both parties later on.
## Relation to MPlayer and mplayer2
mpv is based on mplayer2, which in turn is based on the original MPlayer
(also called mplayer, mplayer-svn, mplayer1). Many changes have been made, a
large part of which is incompatible or completely changes how the player
behaves. Although there are still many similarities to its ancestors, mpv
should generally be treated as a completely different program.
mpv was forked because we wanted to modernize MPlayer. This includes
removing cruft (including features which stopped making sense 10 years ago),
and of course adding modern features. Such huge and intrusive changes made it
infeasible to work directly with MPlayer, which is mostly focused on
preservation, so a fork had to be made. (Actually, mpv is based on mplayer2,
which already started this process of removing cruft.)
In general, mpv should be considered a completely new program, rather than a
MPlayer drop-in replacement.
If you are wondering what's different from mplayer2 and MPlayer, an incomplete
and now unmaintained list of changes is located [here][mplayer-changes].
## Contact
Contact
-------
Most activity happens on the IRC channel and the github issue tracker. The
mailing lists are mostly unused.
- **GitHub issue tracker**: [issue tracker][issue-tracker] (report bugs here)
- **User IRC Channel**: `#mpv` on `irc.freenode.net`
- **Developer IRC Channel**: `#mpv-devel` on `irc.freenode.net`
- **Github issue tracker**: [issue tracker][issue-tracker] (report bugs here)
- **User IRC Channel**: `#mpv-player` on `irc.freenode.net`
- **Developer IRC Channel**: `#mpv-player-dev` on `irc.freenode.net`
- **Users Mailing List**: `mpv-users@googlegroups.com` ([Archive / Subscribe][mpv-users]).
- **Devel Mailing List**: `mpv-devel@googlegroups.com` ([Archive / Subscribe][mpv-devel])
To contact the `mpv` team in private write to `mpv-team@googlegroups.com`. Use
only if discretion is required.
[releases]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/releases
[changes]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/man/changes.rst
[mpv-build]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv-build
[homebrew-mpv]: https://github.com/mpv-player/homebrew-mpv
[issue-tracker]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/issues
[mpv-users]: https://groups.google.com/forum/?hl=en#!forum/mpv-users
[mpv-devel]: https://groups.google.com/forum/?hl=en#!forum/mpv-devel
[ffmpeg_vs_libav]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/FFmpeg-versus-Libav
[release-policy]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/release-policy.md
[windows_compilation]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/compile-windows.md
[mplayer-changes]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/mplayer-changes.rst
[interface-changes]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/interface-changes.rst
[api-changes]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/client-api-changes.rst
[restore-old-bindings]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/etc/restore-old-bindings.conf
## License
Mostly GPLv2 or later. See [details.](https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/Copyright)
+2 -2407
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large. Load diff
View File
Whitespace-only changes.
-22
View File
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bin/bash
set -e
export DEST_OS=win32
export CC=gcc
export PKG_CONFIG=/usr/bin/pkg-config
export PERL=/usr/bin/perl
export PYTHON=/usr/bin/python3
"$PYTHON" bootstrap.py
"$PYTHON" waf configure \
--check-c-compiler=gcc \
--disable-cdda \
--enable-egl-angle \
--enable-jpeg \
--enable-lcms2 \
--enable-libarchive \
--enable-libass \
--enable-lua \
--enable-rubberband \
--enable-uchardet
"$PYTHON" waf build
-35
View File
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bin/bash
set -e
case $MSYSTEM in
MINGW32)
export MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX=mingw-w64-i686
;;
MINGW64)
export MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX=mingw-w64-x86_64
;;
esac
# Write an empty fonts.conf to speed up fc-cache
export FONTCONFIG_FILE=/dummy-fonts.conf
cat >"$FONTCONFIG_FILE" <<EOF
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<!DOCTYPE fontconfig SYSTEM "fonts.dtd">
<fontconfig></fontconfig>
EOF
# Install build dependencies for mpv
pacman -S --noconfirm --needed \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-gcc \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-angleproject-git \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-ffmpeg \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-lcms2 \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-libarchive \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-libass \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-libjpeg-turbo \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-lua51 \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-rubberband \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-uchardet
# Delete unused packages to reduce space used in the Appveyor cache
pacman -Sc --noconfirm
+24
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
#! /usr/bin/env perl
use strict;
use warnings;
# Convert the contents of a file into a C string constant.
# Note that the compiler will implicitly add an extra 0 byte at the end
# of every string, so code using the string may need to remove that to get
# the exact contents of the original file.
# FIXME: why not a char array?
# treat only alphanumeric and not-" punctuation as safe
my $unsafe_chars = qr{[^][A-Za-z0-9!#%&'()*+,./:;<=>?^_{|}~ -]};
for my $file (@ARGV) {
open my $fh, '<:raw', $file or next;
print "/* Generated from $file */\n";
while (<$fh>) {
# replace unsafe chars with their equivalent octal escapes
s/($unsafe_chars)/\\@{[sprintf '%03o', ord($1)]}/gos;
print "\"$_\"\n"
}
close $fh;
}
-31
View File
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bin/env python
# Convert the contents of a file into a C string constant.
# Note that the compiler will implicitly add an extra 0 byte at the end
# of every string, so code using the string may need to remove that to get
# the exact contents of the original file.
from __future__ import unicode_literals
import sys
# Indexing a byte string yields int on Python 3.x, and a str on Python 2.x
def pord(c):
return ord(c) if type(c) == str else c
def file2string(infilename, infile, outfile):
outfile.write("// Generated from %s\n\n" % infilename)
conv = ['\\' + ("%03o" % c) for c in range(256)]
safe_chars = "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" \
"0123456789!#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[]^_{|}~ "
for c in safe_chars:
conv[ord(c)] = c
for c, esc in ("\nn", "\tt", r"\\", '""'):
conv[ord(c)] = '\\' + esc
for line in infile:
outfile.write('"' + ''.join(conv[pord(c)] for c in line) + '"\n')
if __name__ == "__main__":
with open(sys.argv[1], 'rb') as infile:
file2string(sys.argv[1], infile, sys.stdout)
-9
View File
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/sh
# This script is expected to be called as TOOLS/gen-osd-font.sh (it will access
# TOOLS/mpv-osd-symbols.sfdir), and it will write sub/osd_font.otf.
# Needs fontforge with python scripting
fontforge -lang=py -c 'f=open(argv[1]); f.generate(argv[2])' \
TOOLS/mpv-osd-symbols.sfdir sub/osd_font.otf
Executable → Regular
+1 -1
View File
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
conv() {
echo
echo `identify -format "icon: %w %h" "$1"`
identify -format "icon: %w %h" "$1"
convert "$1" -depth 8 rgba:-
}
+7 -7
View File
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ judge()
progressive=$((progressive + progressive1))
undetermined=$((undetermined + undetermined1))
done <<EOF
$(testfun "$@" | sed 's/:/: /g')
$(testfun "$@")
EOF
interlaced=$((bff + tff))
@@ -95,18 +95,18 @@ case "$verdict" in
exit 0
;;
interlaced-tff)
judge "$@" --vf-clr --vf-pre=lavfi=\[setfield=tff\],pullup
judge "$@" --vf-clr --vf-pre=pullup --field-dominance=top
case "$verdict" in
progressive)
[ -n "$ILDETECT_DRY_RUN" ] || \
$ILDETECT_MPV "$@" --vf-pre=lavfi=\[setfield=tff\],pullup
$ILDETECT_MPV "$@" --vf-pre=pullup --field-dominance=top
r=$?
[ $r -eq 0 ] || exit $((r | 16))
exit 1
;;
*)
[ -n "$ILDETECT_DRY_RUN" ] || \
$ILDETECT_MPV "$@" --vf-pre=lavfi=\[setfield=tff\],yadif
$ILDETECT_MPV "$@" --vf-pre=yadif --field-dominance=top
r=$?
[ $r -eq 0 ] || exit $((r | 16))
exit 2
@@ -114,18 +114,18 @@ case "$verdict" in
esac
;;
interlaced-bff)
judge "$@" --vf-clr --vf-pre=lavfi=\[setfield=bff\],pullup
judge "$@" --vf-clr --vf-pre=pullup --field-dominance=bottom
case "$verdict" in
progressive)
[ -n "$ILDETECT_DRY_RUN" ] || \
$ILDETECT_MPV "$@" --vf-pre=lavfi=\[setfield=bff\],pullup
$ILDETECT_MPV "$@" --vf-pre=pullup --field-dominance=bottom
r=$?
[ $r -eq 0 ] || exit $((r | 16))
exit 1
;;
*)
[ -n "$ILDETECT_DRY_RUN" ] || \
$ILDETECT_MPV "$@" --vf-pre=lavfi=\[setfield=bff\],yadif
$ILDETECT_MPV "$@" --vf-pre=yadif --field-dominance=bottom
r=$?
[ $r -eq 0 ] || exit $((r | 16))
exit 2
+30
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
use 5.008;
use strict;
use warnings;
# ABSTRACT: Module collection to parse Matroska files.
package Parse::Matroska;
=head1 DESCRIPTION
C<use>s L<Parse::Matroska::Reader>. See the documentation
of the modules mentioned in L</"SEE ALSO"> for more information
in how to use this module.
It's intended for this module to contain high-level interfaces
to the other modules in the distribution.
=head1 SOURCE CODE
L<https://github.com/Kovensky/Parse-Matroska>
=head1 SEE ALSO
L<Parse::Matroska::Reader>, L<Parse::Matroska::Element>,
L<Parse::Matroska::Definitions>.
=cut
use Parse::Matroska::Reader;
1;
+357
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
use 5.008;
use strict;
use warnings;
# ABSTRACT: internal EBML grammar definitions
package Parse::Matroska::Definitions;
use Parse::Matroska::Utils qw{uniq uncamelize};
use Exporter;
our @ISA = qw{Exporter};
our @EXPORT_OK = qw{elem_by_hexid %EBML_DEFINITION %MATROSKA_DEFINITION};
=head1 SYNOPSIS
use Parse::Matroska::Definitions qw{elem_by_hexid};
my $ebml_id = elem_by_hexid('1a45dfa3');
print "EBML ID $ebml_id->{elid}'s name: $ebml_id->{name}";
=head1 DESCRIPTION
Contains the definition of the EBML grammar as expected in
Matroska files. This module is meant mostly for internal use.
As this was extended from a script in mpv-player, some data
generated is apparently useless for regular module users
but is still relevant to the mpv-player script. Such data
is annotated as being for mpv compatibility.
=head1 NOTE
The API of this module is not yet considered stable.
=head1 GLOBALS
These global variables are considered B<immutable>.
=head2 @Parse::Matroska::Definitions::global_elem_list
A global list of known matroska elements. Useful for
mpv's matroska script, used for generating C headers
that parse matroska.
=head2 %Parse::Matroska::Definitions::global_elem_dict
A global hash of known matroska elements. Used internally
by L</elem_by_hexid($id)>.
=cut
@Parse::Matroska::Definitions::global_elem_list = ();
%Parse::Matroska::Definitions::global_elem_dict = ();
=head2 %EBML_DEFINITION
Optionally-importable hash of known EBML IDs belonging
to the EBML generic grammar.
=head2 %MATROSKA_DEFINITION
Optionally-importable hash of known EBML IDs belonging
to the Matroska-specific grammar.
=cut
our %EBML_DEFINITION = define_ebml();
our %MATROSKA_DEFINITION = define_matroska();
=method elem_by_hexid($id)
Returns an EBML Element Definition corresponding to the provided
hexadecimal string. Returns C<undef> if the element is unknown.
=cut
sub elem_by_hexid {
my ($elid) = @_;
return $Parse::Matroska::Definitions::global_elem_dict{$elid};
}
################################################
### Helper functions for document definition ###
################################################
# used by elem when setting the 'valname' key
use constant TYPE_MAP => {
uint => 'uint64_t',
str => 'struct bstr',
binary => 'struct bstr',
ebml_id => 'uint32_t',
float => 'double',
sint => 'int64_t',
};
# this will be localized to "MATROSKA" or "EBML" on the elem declarations
our $ELEM_DEFINE_TYPE = undef;
=method elem($name,$elid,$valtype)
NOTE: never call this function yourself; it changes data structures
that are considered immutable outside of this package.
Internal API function that generates the EBML Element Definitions.
This API function returns an array which first element is C<$elid>
and the second is a generated hash. The generated hash is stored
in the @global_elem_list and %global_elem_dict.
The generated hash contains:
=for :list
= name
The EBML Element's name, given through C<$name>.
= elid
The EBML Element's hex id, given through C<$elid>. Used for lookups by L</elem_by_hexid($id)>.
= valtype
The EBML Element's type, given through C<$valtype>, except when C<$valtype> is an arrayref.
= multiple
If C<$name> ends with a C<*>, this is set as true and strips the C<*> from L</name>. Used to
mark elements that may be repeated.
= subelements
An arrayref of elements that may be children of this element, given through C<$valtype> if it
is an arrayref. Sets L</valtype> to C<sub> if there are subelements.
= subids
An arrayref listing all the L</elid>s of subelements, C<uniq>ified.
The following elements are for mpv compatibility:
=for :list
= definename
Name used for generating C #defines.
= fieldname
Name used for generating C struct fields.
= structname
Name used for generating C struct names.
= ebmltype
A pre-#defined constant to describe the element's type.
= valname
Typename used when declaring a struct field referring to this element.
=cut
sub elem {
my %e = (name => shift, elid => shift, valtype => shift);
# strip * from name, set 'multiple' if there was one
$e{multiple} = scalar $e{name} =~ s/\*$//;
# ELEM_DEFINE_TYPE is either MATROSKA or EBML
$e{definename} = "${ELEM_DEFINE_TYPE}_ID_".uc($e{name});
$e{fieldname} = uncamelize $e{name};
$e{structname} = "ebml_$e{fieldname}";
if (ref $e{valtype} eq 'HASH') {
$e{subelements} = $e{valtype};
$e{subids} = uniq map { $_->{elid} } values %{$e{subelements}};
$e{valtype} = 'sub';
$e{ebmltype} = 'EBML_TYPE_SUBELEMENTS';
$e{valname} = "struct $e{structname}";
} else {
$e{ebmltype} = "EBML_TYPE_\U$e{valtype}";
die "Unrecognized value type $e{valtype}" unless
defined ($e{valname} = TYPE_MAP->{$e{valtype}});
}
my $e = \%e;
push @Parse::Matroska::Definitions::global_elem_list, $e;
$Parse::Matroska::Definitions::global_elem_dict{$e{elid}} = $e;
return ($e{elid}, $e);
}
#############################################
### EBML and Matroska document definitons ###
#############################################
=method define_ebml
Internal function that defines the EBML generic grammar.
Must not be called from outside the package.
=cut
sub define_ebml {
local $ELEM_DEFINE_TYPE = 'EBML';
return (
elem('EBML', '1a45dfa3', {
elem('EBMLVersion', '4286', 'uint'),
elem('EBMLReadVersion', '42f7', 'uint'),
elem('EBMLMaxIDLength', '42f2', 'uint'),
elem('EBMLMaxSizeLength', '42f3', 'uint'),
elem('DocType', '4282', 'str'),
elem('DocTypeVersion', '4287', 'uint'),
elem('DocTypeReadVersion', '4285', 'uint'),
}),
elem('CRC32', 'bf', 'binary'),
elem('Void', 'ec', 'binary'),
);
}
=method define_matroska
Internal function that defines the Matroska-specific EBML grammar.
Must not be called from outside the package.
=cut
sub define_matroska {
local $ELEM_DEFINE_TYPE = 'MATROSKA';
return (
elem('Segment', '18538067', {
elem('SeekHead*', '114d9b74', {
elem('Seek*', '4dbb', {
elem('SeekID', '53ab', 'ebml_id'),
elem('SeekPosition', '53ac', 'uint'),
}),
}),
elem('Info*', '1549a966', {
elem('SegmentUID', '73a4', 'binary'),
elem('PrevUID', '3cb923', 'binary'),
elem('NextUID', '3eb923', 'binary'),
elem('TimecodeScale', '2ad7b1', 'uint'),
elem('DateUTC', '4461', 'sint'),
elem('Title', '7ba9', 'str'),
elem('MuxingApp', '4d80', 'str'),
elem('WritingApp', '5741', 'str'),
elem('Duration', '4489', 'float'),
}),
elem('Cluster*', '1f43b675', {
elem('Timecode', 'e7', 'uint'),
elem('BlockGroup*', 'a0', {
elem('Block', 'a1', 'binary'),
elem('BlockDuration', '9b', 'uint'),
elem('ReferenceBlock*', 'fb', 'sint'),
elem('DiscardPadding', '75A2', 'sint'),
}),
elem('SimpleBlock*', 'a3', 'binary'),
}),
elem('Tracks*', '1654ae6b', {
elem('TrackEntry*', 'ae', {
elem('TrackNumber', 'd7', 'uint'),
elem('TrackUID', '73c5', 'uint'),
elem('TrackType', '83', 'uint'),
elem('FlagEnabled', 'b9', 'uint'),
elem('FlagDefault', '88', 'uint'),
elem('FlagForced', '55aa', 'uint'),
elem('FlagLacing', '9c', 'uint'),
elem('MinCache', '6de7', 'uint'),
elem('MaxCache', '6df8', 'uint'),
elem('DefaultDuration', '23e383', 'uint'),
elem('TrackTimecodeScale', '23314f', 'float'),
elem('MaxBlockAdditionID', '55ee', 'uint'),
elem('Name', '536e', 'str'),
elem('Language', '22b59c', 'str'),
elem('CodecID', '86', 'str'),
elem('CodecPrivate', '63a2', 'binary'),
elem('CodecName', '258688', 'str'),
elem('CodecDecodeAll', 'aa', 'uint'),
elem('CodecDelay', '56AA', 'uint'),
elem('SeekPreRoll', '56BB', 'uint'),
elem('Video', 'e0', {
elem('FlagInterlaced', '9a', 'uint'),
elem('PixelWidth', 'b0', 'uint'),
elem('PixelHeight', 'ba', 'uint'),
elem('DisplayWidth', '54b0', 'uint'),
elem('DisplayHeight', '54ba', 'uint'),
elem('DisplayUnit', '54b2', 'uint'),
elem('FrameRate', '2383e3', 'float'),
elem('ColourSpace', '2eb524', 'binary'),
elem('StereoMode', '53b8', 'uint'),
}),
elem('Audio', 'e1', {
elem('SamplingFrequency', 'b5', 'float'),
elem('OutputSamplingFrequency', '78b5', 'float'),
elem('Channels', '9f', 'uint'),
elem('BitDepth', '6264', 'uint'),
}),
elem('ContentEncodings', '6d80', {
elem('ContentEncoding*', '6240', {
elem('ContentEncodingOrder', '5031', 'uint'),
elem('ContentEncodingScope', '5032', 'uint'),
elem('ContentEncodingType', '5033', 'uint'),
elem('ContentCompression', '5034', {
elem('ContentCompAlgo', '4254', 'uint'),
elem('ContentCompSettings', '4255', 'binary'),
}),
}),
}),
}),
}),
elem('Cues', '1c53bb6b', {
elem('CuePoint*', 'bb', {
elem('CueTime', 'b3', 'uint'),
elem('CueTrackPositions*', 'b7', {
elem('CueTrack', 'f7', 'uint'),
elem('CueClusterPosition', 'f1', 'uint'),
elem('CueRelativePosition','f0', 'uint'),
elem('CueDuration', 'b2', 'uint'),
}),
}),
}),
elem('Attachments', '1941a469', {
elem('AttachedFile*', '61a7', {
elem('FileDescription', '467e', 'str'),
elem('FileName', '466e', 'str'),
elem('FileMimeType', '4660', 'str'),
elem('FileData', '465c', 'binary'),
elem('FileUID', '46ae', 'uint'),
}),
}),
elem('Chapters', '1043a770', {
elem('EditionEntry*', '45b9', {
elem('EditionUID', '45bc', 'uint'),
elem('EditionFlagHidden', '45bd', 'uint'),
elem('EditionFlagDefault', '45db', 'uint'),
elem('EditionFlagOrdered', '45dd', 'uint'),
elem('ChapterAtom*', 'b6', {
elem('ChapterUID', '73c4', 'uint'),
elem('ChapterTimeStart', '91', 'uint'),
elem('ChapterTimeEnd', '92', 'uint'),
elem('ChapterFlagHidden', '98', 'uint'),
elem('ChapterFlagEnabled', '4598', 'uint'),
elem('ChapterSegmentUID', '6e67', 'binary'),
elem('ChapterSegmentEditionUID', '6ebc', 'uint'),
elem('ChapterDisplay*', '80', {
elem('ChapString', '85', 'str'),
elem('ChapLanguage*', '437c', 'str'),
elem('ChapCountry*', '437e', 'str'),
}),
}),
}),
}),
elem('Tags*', '1254c367', {
elem('Tag*', '7373', {
elem('Targets', '63c0', {
elem('TargetTypeValue', '68ca', 'uint'),
elem('TargetTrackUID', '63c5', 'uint'),
elem('TargetEditionUID', '63c9', 'uint'),
elem('TargetChapterUID', '63c4', 'uint'),
elem('TargetAttachmentUID', '63c6', 'uint'),
}),
elem('SimpleTag*', '67c8', {
elem('TagName', '45a3', 'str'),
elem('TagLanguage', '447a', 'str'),
elem('TagString', '4487', 'str'),
}),
}),
}),
}),
);
}
1;
+331
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
use 5.008;
use strict;
use warnings;
# ABSTRACT: a mid-level representation of an EBML element
package Parse::Matroska::Element;
use Carp;
use List::Util qw{first};
=head1 SYNOPSIS
use Parse::Matroska::Reader;
my $reader = Parse::Matroska::Reader->new($path);
my $elem = $reader->read_element;
print "ID: $elem->{elid}\n";
print "Name: $elem->{name}\n";
print "Length: $elem->{content_len}\n";
print "Type: $elem->{type}\n";
print "Child count: ", scalar(@{$elem->all_children}), "\n";
if ($elem->{type} eq 'sub') {
while (my $chld = $elem->next_child) {
print "Child Name: $chld->{name}\n";
}
} else {
print "Value: ", $elem->get_value, "\n";
}
=head1 DESCRIPTION
Represents a single Matroska element as decoded by
L<Parse::Matroska::Reader>. This is essentially a hash
augmented with functions for delay-loading of binary
values and children elements.
=head1 NOTE
The API of this module is not yet considered stable.
=attr elid
The EBML Element ID, suitable for passing to
L<Parse::Matroska::Definitions/elem_by_hexid>.
=attr name
The EBML Element's name.
=attr type
The EBML Element's type. Can be C<uint>, C<sint>,
C<float>, C<ebml_id>, C<str> or C<binary>. See L</value>
for details.
Equivalent to
C<elem_by_hexid($elem-E<gt>{value})-E<gt>{valtype}>.
=attr value
The EBML Element's value. Should be obtained through
L</get_value>.
Is an unicode string if the L</type> is C<str>, that is,
the string has already been decoded by L<Encode/decode>.
Is C<undef> if the L</type> is C<binary> and the contents
were delay-loaded and not yet read. L</get_value> will
do the delayed load if needed.
Is an arrayref if the L</type> is C<sub>, containing
the children nodes that were already loaded.
Is a hashref if the L</type> is C<ebml_id>, containing
the referred element's information as defined in
L<Parse::Matroska::Definitions>. Calling
C<elem_by_hexid($elem-E<gt>{value}-E<gt>{elid})> will
return the same object as $elem->{value}.
=attr full_len
The entire length of this EBML Element, including
the header's.
=attr size_len
The length of the size marker. Used when calculating
L</full_len> from L</content_len>
=attr content_len
The length of the contents of this EBML Element,
which excludes the header.
=attr reader
A weakened reference to the associated
L<Parse::Matroska::Reader>.
=method new(%hash)
Creates a new Element initialized with the hash
given as argument.
=cut
sub new {
my $class = shift;
my $self = {};
bless $self, $class;
$self->initialize(@_);
return $self;
}
=method initialize(%hash)
Called by L</new> on initialization.
=cut
sub initialize {
my ($self, %args) = @_;
for (keys %args) {
$self->{$_} = $args{$_};
}
$self->{depth} = 0 unless $self->{depth};
}
=method skip
Called by the user to ignore the contents of this EBML node.
Needed when ignoring the children of a node.
=cut
sub skip {
my ($self) = @_;
my $reader = $self->{reader};
return unless $reader; # we don't have to skip if there's no reader
my $pos = $reader->getpos;
croak "Too late to skip, reads were already done"
if $pos ne $self->{data_pos};
$reader->skip($self->{content_len});
}
=method get_value($keep_bin)
Returns the value contained by this EBML element.
If the element has children, returns an arrayref to
the children elements that were already encountered.
If the element's type is C<binary> and the value was
delay-loaded, does the reading now.
If $keep_bin is true, the delay-loaded data is kept
as the L</value>, otherwise, further calls to
C<get_value> will reread the data from the L</reader>.
=cut
sub get_value {
my ($self, $keep_bin) = @_;
return undef if $self->{type} eq 'skip';
return $self->{value} if $self->{value};
my $reader = $self->{reader} or
croak "The associated Reader has been deleted";
# delay-loaded 'binary'
if ($self->{type} eq 'binary') {
croak "Cannot seek in the current Reader" unless $self->{data_pos};
# seek to the data position...
$reader->setpos($self->{data_pos});
# read the data, keeping it in value if requested
if ($keep_bin) {
$self->{value} = $reader->readlen($self->{content_len});
return $self->{value};
} else {
return $reader->readlen($self->{content_len});
}
}
}
=method next_child($read_bin)
Builtin iterator; reads and returns the next child element.
Always returns undef if the type isn't C<sub>.
Returns undef at the end of the iterator and resets itself to
point to the first element; so calling L</next_child($read_bin)>
after the iterator returned C<undef> will return the first child.
The optional C<$read_bin> parameter has the children elements
not delay-load their value if their type is C<binary>.
If all children elements have already been read, return
each element in-order as would be given by
L</all_children($recurse,$read_bin)>.
=cut
sub next_child {
my ($self, $read_bin) = @_;
return unless $self->{type} eq 'sub';
if ($self->{_all_children_read}) {
my $idx = $self->{_last_child} ||= 0;
if ($idx == @{$self->{value}}) {
# reset the iterator, returning undef once
$self->{_last_child} = 0;
return;
}
my $ret = $self->{value}->[$idx];
++$idx;
$self->{_last_child} = $idx;
return $ret;
}
my $len = defined $self->{remaining_len}
? $self->{remaining_len}
: $self->{content_len};
if ($len == 0) {
# we've read all children; switch into $self->{value} iteration mode
$self->{_all_children_read} = 1;
# return undef since the iterator will reset
return;
}
$self->{pos_offset} ||= 0;
my $pos = $self->{data_pos};
my $reader = $self->{reader} or croak "The associated reader has been deleted";
$reader->setpos($pos);
$reader->{fh}->seek($self->{pos_offset}, 1) if $pos;
my $chld = $reader->read_element($read_bin);
return undef unless defined $chld;
$self->{pos_offset} += $chld->{full_len};
$self->{remaining_len} = $len - $chld->{full_len};
if ($self->{remaining_len} < 0) {
croak "Child elements consumed $self->{remaining_len} more bytes than parent $self->{name} contained";
}
$chld->{depth} = $self->{depth} + 1;
$self->{value} ||= [];
push @{$self->{value}}, $chld;
return $chld;
}
=method all_children($recurse,$read_bin)
Calls L</populate_children($recurse,$read_bin)> on self
and returns an arrayref with the children nodes.
Both C<$recurse> and C<$read_bin> are optional and default
to false.
=cut
sub all_children {
my ($self, $recurse, $read_bin) = @_;
$self->populate_children($recurse, $read_bin);
return $self->{value};
}
=method children_by_name($name)
Searches in the already read children elements for all
elements with the EBML name C<$name>. Returns an array
containing all found elements. On scalar context,
returns only the first element found.
Croaks if the element's C<type> isn't C<sub>.
=cut
sub children_by_name {
my ($self, $name) = @_;
return unless defined wantarray; # don't do work if work isn't wanted
croak "Element can't have children" unless $self->{type} eq 'sub';
my @found = grep { $_->{name} eq $name } @{$self->{value}};
return @found if wantarray; # list
return shift @found if defined wantarray; # scalar
}
=method populate_children($recurse,$read_bin)
Populates the internal array of children elements, that is,
requests that the associated L<Matroska::Parser::Reader> reads
all children elements. Returns itself.
Returns false if the element's C<type> isn't C<sub>.
If C<$recurse> is provided and is true, the method will call
itself in the children elements with the same parameters it
received; this will build a full EBML tree.
If C<$read_bin> is provided and is true, disables delay-loading
of the contents of C<binary>-type nodes, reading the contents
to memory.
If both C<$recurse> and C<$read_bin> are true, entire EBML trees
can be loaded without requiring seeks, thus behaving correctly
on unseekable streams. If C<$read_bin> is false, the entire EBML
tree is still loaded, but calling L</get_value> on C<binary>-type
nodes will produce an error on unseekable streams.
=cut
sub populate_children {
my ($self, $recurse, $read_bin) = @_;
return unless $self->{type} eq 'sub';
if (@{$self->{value}} && $recurse) {
# only recurse
foreach (@{$self->{value}}) {
$_->populate_children($recurse, $read_bin);
}
return $self;
}
while (my $chld = $self->next_child($read_bin)) {
$chld->populate_children($recurse, $read_bin) if $recurse;
}
return $self;
}
1;
+426
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
use 5.008;
use strict;
use warnings;
# ABSTRACT: a low-level reader for EBML files
package Parse::Matroska::Reader;
use Parse::Matroska::Definitions qw{elem_by_hexid};
use Parse::Matroska::Element;
use Carp;
use Scalar::Util qw{openhandle weaken};
use IO::Handle;
use IO::File;
use List::Util qw{first};
use Encode;
use constant BIGINT_TRY => 'Pari,GMP,FastCalc';
use Math::BigInt try => BIGINT_TRY;
use Math::BigRat try => BIGINT_TRY;
=head1 SYNOPSIS
use Parse::Matroska::Reader;
my $reader = Parse::Matroska::Reader->new($path);
$reader->close;
$reader->open(\$string_with_matroska_data);
my $elem = $reader->read_element;
print "Element ID: $elem->{elid}\n";
print "Element name: $elem->{name}\n";
if ($elem->{type} ne 'sub') {
print "Element value: $elem->get_value\n";
} else {
while (my $child = $elem->next_child) {
print "Child element: $child->{name}\n";
}
}
$reader->close;
=head1 DESCRIPTION
Reads EBML data, which is used in Matroska files.
This is a low-level reader which is meant to be used as a backend
for higher level readers. TODO: write the high level readers :)
=head1 NOTE
The API of this module is not yet considered stable.
=method new
Creates a new reader.
Calls L</open($arg)> with its arguments if provided.
=cut
sub new {
my $class = shift;
my $self = {};
bless $self, $class;
$self->open(@_) if @_;
return $self;
}
=method open($arg)
Creates the internal filehandle. The argument can be:
=for :list
* An open filehandle or L<IO::Handle> object.
The filehandle is not C<dup()>ed, so calling L</close> in this
object will close the given filehandle as well.
* A scalar containing a path to a file.
* On perl v5.14 or newer, a scalarref pointing to EBML data.
For similar functionality in older perls, give an L<IO::String> object
or the handle to an already C<open>ed scalarref.
=cut
sub open {
my ($self, $arg) = @_;
$self->{fh} = openhandle($arg) || IO::File->new($arg, "<:raw")
or croak "Can't open $arg: $!";
}
=method close
Closes the internal filehandle.
=cut
sub close {
my ($self) = @_;
$self->{fh}->close;
delete $self->{fh};
}
# equivalent to $self->readlen(1), possibly faster
sub _getc {
my ($self) = @_;
my $c = $self->{fh}->getc;
croak "Can't do read of length 1: $!" if !defined $c && $!;
return $c;
}
=method readlen($length)
Reads C<$length> bytes from the internal filehandle.
=cut
sub readlen {
my ($self, $len) = @_;
my $data;
my $readlen = $self->{fh}->read($data, $len);
croak "Can't do read of length $len: $!"
unless defined $readlen;
return $data;
}
# converts a byte string into an integer
# we do so by converting the integer into a hex string (big-endian)
# and then reading the hex-string into an integer
sub _bin2int($) {
my ($bin) = @_;
# if the length is larger than 3
# the resulting integer might be larger than INT_MAX
if (length($bin) > 3) {
return Math::BigInt->from_hex(unpack("H*", $bin));
}
return hex(unpack("H*", $bin));
}
# creates a floating-point number with the given mantissa and exponent
sub _ldexp {
my ($mantissa, $exponent) = @_;
my $r = new Math::BigRat($mantissa);
return $r * Math::BigRat->new(2)**$exponent;
}
# NOTE: the read_* functions are hard to read because they're ports
# of even harder to read python functions.
# TODO: make them readable
=method read_id
Reads an EBML ID atom in hexadecimal string format, suitable
for passing to L<Parse::Matroska::Definitions/elem_by_hexid($id)>.
=cut
sub read_id {
my ($self) = @_;
my $t = $self->_getc;
return undef unless defined $t;
my $i = 0;
my $mask = 1<<7;
if (ord($t) == 0) {
croak "Matroska Syntax error: first byte of ID was \\0"
}
until (ord($t) & $mask) {
++$i;
$mask >>= 1;
}
# return hex string of the bytes we just read
return unpack "H*", ($t . $self->readlen($i));
}
=method read_size
Reads an EBML Data Size atom, which immediately follows
an EBML ID atom.
This returns an array consisting of:
=for :list
0. The length of the Data Size atom.
1. The value encoded in the Data Size atom, which is the length of all the data following it.
=cut
sub read_size {
my ($self) = @_;
my $t = $self->_getc;
my $i = 0;
my $mask = 1<<7;
if (ord($t) == 0) {
croak "Matroska Syntax error: first byte of data size was \\0"
}
until (ord($t) & $mask) {
++$i;
$mask >>= 1;
}
$t = $t & chr($mask-1); # strip length bits (keep only significant bits)
return ($i+1, _bin2int $t . $self->readlen($i));
}
=method read_str($length)
Reads a string of length C<$length> bytes from the internal filehandle.
The string is already L<Encode/decode>d from C<UTF-8>, which is the
standard Matroska string encoding.
=cut
{
my $utf8 = find_encoding("UTF-8");
sub read_str {
my ($self, $length) = @_;
return $utf8->decode($self->readlen($length));
}
}
=method read_uint($length)
Reads an unsigned integer of length C<$length> bytes
from the internal filehandle.
Returns a L<Math::BigInt> object if C<$length> is greater
than 4.
=cut
sub read_uint {
my ($self, $length) = @_;
return _bin2int $self->readlen($length);
}
=method read_sint($length)
Reads a signed integer of length C<$length> bytes
from the internal filehandle.
Returns a L<Math::BigInt> object if C<$length> is greater
than 4.
=cut
sub read_sint {
my ($self, $length) = @_;
my $i = $self->read_uint($length);
# Apply 2's complement to the unsigned int
my $mask = int(2 ** ($length * 8 - 1));
# if the most significant bit is set...
if ($i & $mask) {
# subtract the MSB twice
$i -= 2 * $mask;
}
return $i;
}
=method read_float($length)
Reads an IEEE floating point number of length C<$length>
bytes from the internal filehandle.
Only lengths C<4> and C<8> are supported (C C<float> and C<double>).
=cut
{
my $b1 = new Math::BigInt 1;
sub read_float {
my ($self, $length) = @_;
my $i = new Math::BigInt $self->read_uint($length)->bstr;
my $f;
# These evil expressions reinterpret an unsigned int as IEEE binary floats
if ($length == 4) {
$f = _ldexp(($i & ((1<<23) - 1)) + (1<<23), ($i>>23 & ((1<<8) - 1)) - 150);
$f = -$f if $i & ($b1<<31);
} elsif ($length == 8) {
$f = _ldexp(($i & (($b1<<52) - 1)) + ($b1<<52), ($i>>52 & ((1<<12) - 1)) - 1075);
$f = -$f if $i & ($b1<<63);
} else {
croak "Matroska Syntax error: unsupported IEEE float byte size $length";
}
return $f;
}
}
=method read_ebml_id($length)
Reads an EBML ID when it's encoded as the data inside another
EBML element, that is, when the enclosing element's C<type> is
C<ebml_id>.
This returns a hashref with the EBML element description as
defined in L<Parse::Matroska::Definitions>.
=cut
sub read_ebml_id {
my ($self, $length) = @_;
return elem_by_hexid(unpack("H*", $self->readlen($length)));
}
=method skip($length)
Skips C<$length> bytes in the internal filehandle.
=cut
sub skip {
my ($self, $len) = @_;
return if $self->{fh}->can('seek') && $self->{fh}->seek($len, 1);
$self->readlen($len);
return;
}
=method getpos
Wrapper for L<IO::Seekable/$io-E<gt>getpos> in the internal filehandle.
Returns undef if the internal filehandle can't C<getpos>.
=cut
sub getpos {
my ($self) = @_;
return undef unless $self->{fh}->can('getpos');
return $self->{fh}->getpos;
}
=method setpos($pos)
Wrapper for L<IO::Seekable/$io-E<gt>setpos> in the internal filehandle.
Returns C<undef> if the internal filehandle can't C<setpos>.
Croaks if C<setpos> does not seek to the requested position,
that is, if calling C<getpos> does not yield the same object
as the C<$pos> argument.
=cut
sub setpos {
my ($self, $pos) = @_;
return undef unless $pos && $self->{fh}->can('setpos');
my $ret = $self->{fh}->setpos($pos);
croak "Cannot seek to correct position"
unless $self->getpos eq $pos;
return $ret;
}
=method read_element($read_bin)
Reads a full EBML element from the internal filehandle.
Returns a L<Parse::Matroska::Element> object initialized with
the read data. If C<read_bin> is not present or is false, will
delay-load the contents of C<binary> type elements, that is,
they will only be loaded when calling C<get_value> on the
returned L<Parse::Matroska::Element> object.
Does not read the children of the element if its type is
C<sub>. Look into the L<Parse::Matroska::Element> interface
for details in how to read children elements.
Pass a true C<$read_bin> if the stream being read is not
seekable (C<getpos> is undef) and the contents of C<binary>
elements is desired, otherwise seeking errors or internal
filehandle corruption might occur.
=cut
sub read_element {
my ($self, $read_bin) = @_;
return undef if $self->{fh}->eof;
my $elem_pos = $self->getpos;
my $elid = $self->read_id;
my $elem_def = elem_by_hexid($elid);
my ($size_len, $content_len) = $self->read_size;
my $full_len = length($elid)/2 + $size_len + $content_len;
my $elem = Parse::Matroska::Element->new(
elid => $elid,
name => $elem_def && $elem_def->{name},
type => $elem_def && $elem_def->{valtype},
size_len => $size_len,
content_len => $content_len,
full_len => $full_len,
reader => $self,
elem_pos => $elem_pos,
data_pos => $self->getpos,
);
weaken($elem->{reader});
if (defined $elem_def) {
if ($elem->{type} eq 'sub') {
$elem->{value} = [];
} elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'str') {
$elem->{value} = $self->read_str($content_len);
} elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'ebml_id') {
$elem->{value} = $self->read_ebml_id($content_len);
} elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'uint') {
$elem->{value} = $self->read_uint($content_len);
} elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'sint') {
$elem->{value} = $self->read_sint($content_len);
} elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'float') {
$elem->{value} = $self->read_float($content_len);
} elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'skip') {
$self->skip($content_len);
} elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'binary') {
if ($read_bin) {
$elem->{value} = $self->readlen($content_len);
} else {
$self->skip($content_len);
}
} else {
die "Matroska Definition error: type $elem->{valtype} unknown"
}
} else {
$self->skip($content_len);
}
return $elem;
}
1;
=head1 CAVEATS
Children elements have to be processed as soon as an element
with children is found, or their children ignored with
L<Parse::Matroska::Element/skip>. Not doing so doesn't cause
errors but results in an invalid structure, with constant C<0>
depth.
To work correctly in unseekable streams, either the contents
of C<binary>-type elements has to be ignored or the C<read_bin>
flag to C<read_element> has to be true.
+37
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
use strict;
use warnings;
# ABSTRACT: internally-used helper functions
package Parse::Matroska::Utils;
use Exporter;
our @ISA = qw{Exporter};
our @EXPORT_OK = qw{uniq uncamelize};
=method uniq(@array)
The same as L<List::MoreUtils/"uniq LIST">.
Included to avoid depending on it since it's
not a core module.
=cut
sub uniq(@) {
my %seen;
return grep { !$seen{$_}++ } @_;
}
=method uncamelize($string)
Converts a "StringLikeTHIS" into a
"string_like_this".
=cut
sub uncamelize($) {
local $_ = shift;
# lc followed by UC: lc_UC
s/(?<=[a-z])([A-Z])/_\L$1/g;
# UC followed by two lc: _UClclc
s/([A-Z])(?=[a-z]{2})/_\L$1/g;
# strip leading _ that the second regexp might add; lowercase all
s/^_//; lc
}
-8
View File
@@ -10,11 +10,3 @@ to mpv's command line.
Where appropriate, they may also be placed in ~/.config/mpv/scripts/ from
where they will be automatically loaded when mpv starts.
This is only a small selection of internally maintained scripts. Some of them
are just for testing mpv internals, or serve as examples. An extensive
user-edited list of 3rd party scripts is available here:
https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/User-Scripts
(Anyone can add their own scripts to that list.)
-126
View File
@@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
-- This script adds control to the dynamic range compression ffmpeg
-- filter including key bindings for adjusting parameters.
--
-- See https://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg-filters.html#acompressor for explanation
-- of the parameteres.
--
-- Default key bindings:
-- n: Toggle dynamic range compression on or off
-- F1/Shift+F1: Increase/Decrease threshold parameter
-- F2/Shift+F2: Increase/Decrease ratio parameter
-- F3/Shift+F3: Increase/Decrease knee parameter
-- F4/Shift+F4: Increase/Decrease makeup gain parameter
-- F5/Shift+F5: Increase/Decrease attack parameter
-- F6/Shift+F6: Increase/Decrease release parameter
--
-- To change key bindings in input.conf use:
-- BINDING script-message-to acompressor toggle-acompressor
-- BINDING script-message-to acompressor update-param PARAM INCREMENT
-- BINDING is the key binding to use, PARAM is either 'attack', 'release',
-- 'threshold', 'ratio', 'knee' or 'makeup' and INCREMENT is a signed floating
-- point value to add to the current parameter value.
--
-- You may also just adjust default parameters to your liking in this table.
local params = {
-- 'hide' defines wether the parameter should be hidden from OSD display (it will still be included in ffmpeg filter graph).
-- 'input_format' is used to parse the value back from a obtained filter graph.
-- 'output_format' defines how the value shall be formatted for creating the filter graph.
{ name = 'Attack', value= 20, min=0.01, max=2000, hide= 20, input_format='attack=(%d+[.%d+]*)', output_format='%g' },
{ name = 'Release', value=250, min=0.01, max=9000, hide=250, input_format='release=(%d+[.%d+]*)', output_format='%g' },
{ name = 'Threshold', value=-25, min= -30, max= 0, hide=nil, input_format='threshold=(-%d+[.%d+]*)dB', output_format='%gdB' },
{ name = 'Ratio', value= 3, min= 1, max= 20, hide=nil, input_format='ratio=(%d+[.%d+]*)', output_format='%g' },
{ name = 'Knee', value= 2, min= 1, max= 10, hide= 2, input_format='knee=(%d+[.%d+]*)dB', output_format='%gdB' },
{ name = 'Makeup', value= 8, min= 0, max= 24, hide=nil, input_format='makeup=(%d+[.%d+]*)dB', output_format='%gdB' }
}
-- Defines the mpv filter label to be used. This allows us to easily add/replace/remove it, so
-- it should be left so something meaningful and unique.
local filter_label = 'acompressor'
local function update_filter()
local graph = {}
local pretty = {}
for _,param in pairs(params) do
graph[#graph+1] = string.format('%s=' .. param.output_format, string.lower(param.name), param.value)
if param.hide ~= param.value then
pretty[#pretty+1] = string.format('%s: ' .. param.output_format, param.name, param.value)
end
end
if #pretty == 0 then
pretty = ''
else
pretty = '\n(' .. table.concat(pretty, ', ') .. ')'
end
mp.command(string.format('no-osd af add @%s:lavfi=[acompressor=%s]; show-text "Dynamic range compressor: enabled%s" 4000', filter_label, table.concat(graph, ':'), pretty))
end
local function read_filter()
local graph = nil
local af = mp.get_property_native('af', {})
for i = 1, #af do
if af[i]['name'] == 'lavfi' and af[i]['label'] == 'acompressor' then
graph = af[i]['params']['graph']
break
end
end
if graph == nil then
return false
end
for _,param in pairs(params) do
local value = tonumber(string.match(graph, param.input_format))
if value ~= nil and value >= param.min and value <= param.max then
param.value = value
end
end
return true
end
local function toggle_acompressor()
if read_filter() then
mp.command(string.format('no-osd af del @%s; show-text "Dynamic range compressor: disabled"', filter_label))
else
update_filter()
end
end
local function update_param(name, increment)
-- The current filter values could come from a watch_later config.
-- read_filter() will parse them, so that we don't clobber those with our default values.
read_filter()
for _,param in pairs(params) do
if string.lower(param.name) == string.lower(name) then
param.value = math.max(param.min, math.min(param.value + increment, param.max))
update_filter()
return
end
end
mp.msg.error('Unknown parameter "' .. name .. '"')
end
mp.add_key_binding("n", "toggle-acompressor", toggle_acompressor)
mp.register_script_message('update-param', update_param)
mp.add_key_binding("F1", 'acompressor-inc-threshold', function() update_param('threshold', -5); end, { repeatable = true })
mp.add_key_binding("Shift+F1", 'acompressor-dec-threshold', function() update_param('Threshold', 5); end, { repeatable = true })
mp.add_key_binding("F2", 'acompressor-inc-ratio', function() update_param('Ratio', 1); end, { repeatable = true })
mp.add_key_binding("Shift+F2", 'acompressor-dec-ratio', function() update_param('Ratio', -1); end, { repeatable = true })
mp.add_key_binding("F3", 'acompressor-inc-knee', function() update_param('Knee', 1); end, { repeatable = true })
mp.add_key_binding("Shift+F3", 'acompressor-dec-knee', function() update_param('Knee', -1); end, { repeatable = true })
mp.add_key_binding("F4", 'acompressor-inc-makeup', function() update_param('Makeup', 1); end, { repeatable = true })
mp.add_key_binding("Shift+F4", 'acompressor-dec-makeup', function() update_param('Makeup', -1); end, { repeatable = true })
mp.add_key_binding("F5", 'acompressor-inc-attack', function() update_param('Attack', 10); end, { repeatable = true })
mp.add_key_binding("Shift+F5", 'acompressor-dec-attack', function() update_param('Attack', -10); end, { repeatable = true })
mp.add_key_binding("F6", 'acompressor-inc-release', function() update_param('Release', 10); end, { repeatable = true })
mp.add_key_binding("Shift+F6", 'acompressor-dec-release', function() update_param('Release', -10); end, { repeatable = true })
-20
View File
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-- Handles the edge case where previous attempts to init audio have failed, but
-- might start working due to a newly added device. This is required in
-- particular for ao=wasapi, since the internal IMMNotificationClient code that
-- normally triggers ao-reload will not be running in this case.
function do_reload()
mp.command("ao-reload")
reloading = nil
end
function on_audio_device_list_change()
if mp.get_property("current-ao") == "null" and not reloading then
mp.msg.verbose("audio-device-list changed: reloading audio")
-- avoid calling ao-reload too often
reloading = mp.add_timeout(0.5, do_reload)
end
end
mp.set_property("options/audio-fallback-to-null", "yes")
mp.observe_property("audio-device-list", "native", on_audio_device_list_change)
-13
View File
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
local utils = require("mp.utils")
mp.observe_property("audio-device-list", "native", function(name, val)
print("Audio device list changed:")
for index, e in ipairs(val) do
print(" - '" .. e.name .. "' (" .. e.description .. ")")
end
end)
mp.observe_property("audio-out-detected-device", "native", function(name, val)
print("Detected audio device changed:")
print(" - '" .. val)
end)
+45 -26
View File
@@ -2,16 +2,21 @@
-- appropriate deinterlacing filter based on a short section of the
-- currently playing video.
--
-- It registers the key-binding ctrl+d, which when pressed, inserts the filters
-- ``vf=lavfi=idet,pullup,vf=lavfi=idet``. After 4 seconds, it removes these
-- filters and decides whether the content is progressive, interlaced, or
-- telecined and the interlacing field dominance.
-- It registers the key-binding ctrl+d, which when pressed, inserts
-- the filter vf=lavfi=idet. After 4 second, it examines the results
-- to determine whether the content progressive or interlaced and the
-- interlacing field dominance. It immediately sets the latter within
-- mpv.
--
-- Based on this information, it may set mpv's ``deinterlace`` property (which
-- usually inserts the yadif filter), or insert the ``pullup`` filter if the
-- content is telecined. It also sets mpv's ``field-dominance`` property.
-- If the content is judged not to be progressive, it may be either
-- interlaced or telecined. To determine which one, the video is
-- seeked back to the detection starting point with the "pullup"
-- filter inserted. After another four seconds, if idet thinks that
-- the pulled up viedo is "progressive", then pullup is the correct
-- filter and this script leaves it in places while removing the idet
-- filter. Otherwise, the content plain interlaced and mpv's deinterlace
-- property is set. This will usually insert the yadif deinterlacing filter.
--
-- OPTIONS:
-- The default detection time may be overridden by adding
--
-- --script-opts=autodeint.detect_seconds=<number of seconds>
@@ -32,7 +37,6 @@ require "mp.msg"
script_name = mp.get_script_name()
detect_label = string.format("%s-detect", script_name)
pullup_label = string.format("%s", script_name)
ivtc_detect_label = string.format("%s-ivtc-detect", script_name)
-- number of seconds to gather cropdetect data
detect_seconds = tonumber(mp.get_opt(string.format("%s.detect_seconds", script_name)))
@@ -65,29 +69,30 @@ function start_detect()
mp.set_property("deinterlace","no")
del_filter_if_present(pullup_label)
percent_pos = mp.get_property("percent-pos")
-- insert the detection filter
local cmd = string.format('vf add @%s:lavfi=graph="idet",@%s:pullup,@%s:lavfi=graph="idet"',
detect_label, pullup_label, ivtc_detect_label)
local cmd = string.format('vf add @%s:lavfi=graph="idet"', detect_label)
if not mp.command(cmd) then
mp.msg.error("failed to insert detection filters")
mp.msg.error("failed to insert detection filter")
return
end
-- wait to gather data
timer = mp.add_timeout(detect_seconds, select_filter)
timer = mp.add_timeout(detect_seconds, judge_field_dominance)
end
function stop_detect()
del_filter_if_present(detect_label)
del_filter_if_present(ivtc_detect_label)
timer = nil
mp.set_property("playback-pos", percent_pos)
end
progressive, interlaced_tff, interlaced_bff, interlaced = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
function judge(label)
function judge()
-- get the metadata
local result = mp.get_property_native(string.format("vf-metadata/%s", label))
local result = mp.get_property_native(string.format("vf-metadata/%s", detect_label))
num_tff = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.tff"])
num_bff = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.bff"])
num_progressive = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.progressive"])
@@ -95,10 +100,10 @@ function judge(label)
num_interlaced = num_tff + num_bff
num_determined = num_interlaced + num_progressive
mp.msg.verbose(label.." progressive = "..num_progressive)
mp.msg.verbose(label.." interlaced-tff = "..num_tff)
mp.msg.verbose(label.." interlaced-bff = "..num_bff)
mp.msg.verbose(label.." undetermined = "..num_undetermined)
mp.msg.verbose("progressive = "..num_progressive)
mp.msg.verbose("interlaced-tff = "..num_tff)
mp.msg.verbose("interlaced-bff = "..num_bff)
mp.msg.verbose("undetermined = "..num_undetermined)
if num_determined < num_undetermined then
mp.msg.warn("majority undetermined frames")
@@ -114,12 +119,11 @@ function judge(label)
end
end
function select_filter()
-- handle the first detection filter results
verdict = judge(detect_label)
function judge_field_dominance()
verdict = judge()
if verdict == progressive then
mp.msg.info("progressive: doing nothing")
stop_detect()
mp.msg.info("progressive: doing nothing")
return
elseif verdict == interlaced_tff then
mp.set_property("field-dominance", "top")
@@ -129,8 +133,21 @@ function select_filter()
mp.set_property("field-dominance", "auto")
end
-- handle the ivtc detection filter results
verdict = judge(ivtc_detect_label)
local cmd = string.format("vf pre @%s:pullup", pullup_label)
if not mp.command(cmd) then
mp.msg.error("failed to insert pullup filter")
stop_detect()
return
end
-- redo the detection with the pullup filter to see if it's telecined
mp.set_property("percent-pos", percent_pos)
timer = mp.add_timeout(detect_seconds, judge_ivtc)
end
function judge_ivtc()
verdict = judge()
if verdict == progressive then
mp.msg.info(string.format("telecinied with %s field dominance: using pullup", mp.get_property("field-dominance")))
stop_detect()
@@ -140,6 +157,8 @@ function select_filter()
mp.set_property("deinterlace","yes")
stop_detect()
end
return
end
mp.add_key_binding("ctrl+d", script_name, start_detect)
+5 -68
View File
@@ -4,26 +4,8 @@
-- alphabetically, and adds entries before and after the current file to
-- the internal playlist. (It stops if the it would add an already existing
-- playlist entry at the same position - this makes it "stable".)
-- Add at most 5000 * 2 files when starting a file (before + after).
MAXENTRIES = 5000
local options = require 'mp.options'
o = {
disabled = false
}
options.read_options(o)
function Set (t)
local set = {}
for _, v in pairs(t) do set[v] = true end
return set
end
EXTENSIONS = Set {
'mkv', 'avi', 'mp4', 'ogv', 'webm', 'rmvb', 'flv', 'wmv', 'mpeg', 'mpg', 'm4v', '3gp',
'mp3', 'wav', 'ogv', 'flac', 'm4a', 'wma',
}
-- Add at most 5 * 2 files when starting a file (before + after).
MAXENTRIES = 5
mputils = require 'mp.utils'
@@ -32,65 +14,24 @@ function add_files_at(index, files)
local oldcount = mp.get_property_number("playlist-count", 1)
for i = 1, #files do
mp.commandv("loadfile", files[i], "append")
mp.commandv("playlist-move", oldcount + i - 1, index + i - 1)
end
end
function get_extension(path)
match = string.match(path, "%.([^%.]+)$" )
if match == nil then
return "nomatch"
else
return match
end
end
table.filter = function(t, iter)
for i = #t, 1, -1 do
if not iter(t[i]) then
table.remove(t, i)
end
mp.commandv("playlist_move", oldcount + i - 1, index + i - 1)
end
end
function find_and_add_entries()
local path = mp.get_property("path", "")
local dir, filename = mputils.split_path(path)
if o.disabled or #dir == 0 then
if #dir == 0 then
return
end
local pl_count = mp.get_property_number("playlist-count", 1)
if (pl_count > 1 and autoload == nil) or
(pl_count == 1 and EXTENSIONS[string.lower(get_extension(filename))] == nil) then
return
else
autoload = true
end
local files = mputils.readdir(dir, "files")
if files == nil then
return
end
table.filter(files, function (v, k)
local ext = get_extension(v)
if ext == nil then
return false
end
return EXTENSIONS[string.lower(ext)]
end)
table.sort(files, function (a, b)
local len = string.len(a) - string.len(b)
if len ~= 0 then -- case for ordering filename ending with such as X.Y.Z
local ext = string.len(get_extension(a)) + 1
return string.sub(a, 1, -ext) < string.sub(b, 1, -ext)
end
return string.lower(a) < string.lower(b)
end)
table.sort(files)
if dir == "." then
dir = ""
end
local pl = mp.get_property_native("playlist", {})
local pl_current = mp.get_property_number("playlist-pos", 0) + 1
-- Find the current pl entry (dir+"/"+filename) in the sorted dir list
@@ -104,7 +45,6 @@ function find_and_add_entries()
if current == nil then
return
end
local append = {[-1] = {}, [1] = {}}
for direction = -1, 1, 2 do -- 2 iterations, with direction = -1 and +1
for i = 1, MAXENTRIES do
@@ -113,7 +53,6 @@ function find_and_add_entries()
if file == nil or file[1] == "." then
break
end
local filepath = dir .. file
if pl_e then
-- If there's a playlist entry, and it's the same file, stop.
@@ -121,7 +60,6 @@ function find_and_add_entries()
break
end
end
if direction == -1 then
if pl_current == 1 then -- never add additional entries in the middle
mp.msg.info("Prepending " .. file)
@@ -133,7 +71,6 @@ function find_and_add_entries()
end
end
end
add_files_at(pl_current + 1, append[1])
add_files_at(pl_current, append[-1])
end
+99
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
-- This script enables live control of the dynamic range compression
-- (drc) audio filter while the video is playing back. This can be
-- useful to avoid having to stop and restart mpv to adjust filter
-- parameters. See the entry for "drc" under the "AUDIO FILTERS"
-- section of the man page for a complete description of the filter.
--
-- This script registers the key-binding "\" to toggle the filter between
--
-- * off
-- * method=1 (single-sample smoothing)
-- * method=2 (multi-sample smoothing)
--
-- It registers the keybindings ctrl+9/ctrl+0 to decrease/increase the
-- target ampltiude. These keys will insert the filter at the default
-- target amplitude of 0.25 if it was not previously present.
--
-- OSD feedback of the current filter state is displayed on pressing
-- each bound key.
script_name = mp.get_script_name()
function print_state(params)
if params then
mp.osd_message(script_name..":\n"
.."method = "..params["method"].."\n"
.."target = "..params["target"])
else
mp.osd_message(script_name..":\noff")
end
end
function get_index_of_drc(afs)
for i,af in pairs(afs) do
if af["label"] == script_name then
return i
end
end
end
function append_drc(afs)
afs[#afs+1] = {
name = "drc",
label = script_name,
params = {
method = "1",
target = "0.25"
}
}
print_state(afs[#afs]["params"])
end
function modify_or_create_af(fun)
afs = mp.get_property_native("af")
i = get_index_of_drc(afs)
if not i then
append_drc(afs)
else
fun(afs, i)
end
mp.set_property_native("af", afs)
end
function drc_toggle_method_handler()
modify_or_create_af(
function (afs, i)
new_method=(afs[i]["params"]["method"]+1)%3
if new_method == 0 then
table.remove(afs, i)
print_state(nil)
else
afs[i]["params"]["method"] = tostring((afs[i]["params"]["method"])%2+1)
print_state(afs[i]["params"])
end
end
)
end
function drc_scale_target(factor)
modify_or_create_af(
function (afs)
afs[i]["params"]["target"] = tostring(afs[i]["params"]["target"]*factor)
print_state(afs[i]["params"])
end
)
end
function drc_louder_handler()
drc_scale_target(2.0)
end
function drc_quieter_handler()
drc_scale_target(0.5)
end
-- toggle between off, method 1 and method 2
mp.add_key_binding("\\", "drc_toggle_method", drc_toggle_method_handler)
-- increase or decrease target volume
mp.add_key_binding("ctrl+9", "drc_quieter", drc_quieter_handler)
mp.add_key_binding("ctrl+0", "drc_louder", drc_louder_handler)
+1 -9
View File
@@ -6,17 +6,9 @@
local utils = require("mp.utils")
function observe(name)
for i,name in ipairs(mp.get_property_native("property-list")) do
mp.observe_property(name, "native", function(name, val)
print("property '" .. name .. "' changed to '" ..
utils.to_string(val) .. "'")
end)
end
for i,name in ipairs(mp.get_property_native("property-list")) do
observe(name)
end
for i,name in ipairs(mp.get_property_native("options")) do
observe("options/" .. name)
end
-19
View File
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
--makes mpv disable ontop when pausing and re-enable it again when resuming playback
--please note that this won't do anything if ontop was not enabled before pausing
local was_ontop = false
mp.observe_property("pause", "bool", function(name, value)
local ontop = mp.get_property_native("ontop")
if value then
if ontop then
mp.set_property_native("ontop", false)
was_ontop = true
end
else
if was_ontop and not ontop then
mp.set_property_native("ontop", true)
end
was_ontop = false
end
end)
+2
View File
@@ -2,6 +2,8 @@
-- if it's brought back again. If the player was already paused when minimizing,
-- then try not to mess with the pause state.
-- Note: currently works with X11 only.
local did_minimize = false
mp.observe_property("window-minimized", "bool", function(name, value)
+1 -3
View File
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-- Rebuild the terminal status line as a lua script
-- Be aware that this will require more cpu power!
-- Also, this is based on a rather old version of the
-- builtin mpv status line.
-- Add a string to the status line
function atsl(s)
@@ -30,7 +28,7 @@ function update_status_line()
atsl(mp.get_property_osd("time-pos"))
atsl(" / ");
atsl(mp.get_property_osd("duration"));
atsl(mp.get_property_osd("length"));
atsl(" (")
atsl(mp.get_property_osd("percent-pos", -1))
+169
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
#! /usr/bin/env perl
# Generate C definitions for parsing Matroska files.
use strict;
use warnings;
use FindBin;
use lib "$FindBin::Bin/lib";
use Parse::Matroska::Definitions;
use Parse::Matroska::Reader;
use Getopt::Long;
use List::Util qw{max};
my @global_elem_list = @Parse::Matroska::Definitions::global_elem_list;
Getopt::Long::Configure(qw{auto_version auto_help});
my %opt;
GetOptions(\%opt,
"generate-header",
"generate-definitions",
"full",
);
if ($opt{"generate-header"}) {
generate_c_header();
} elsif ($opt{"generate-definitions"}) {
generate_c_definitions();
} else {
for (@ARGV) {
my $reader = Parse::Matroska::Reader->new($_ eq '-' ? \*STDIN : $_) or die $!;
while (my $elem = $reader->read_element($_ eq '-')) {
process_elem($elem, $_ eq '-');
}
}
}
# Generate declarations for libmpdemux/ebml_types.h
sub generate_c_header {
print "/* Generated by TOOLS/matroska.pl, do not edit manually */\n\n";
# Write a #define for the ElementID of each known element
for my $el (@global_elem_list) {
printf "#define %-40s 0x%s\n", $el->{definename}, $el->{elid};
}
print "\n";
# Define a struct for each ElementID that has child elements
for my $el (@global_elem_list) {
next unless $el->{subelements};
print "\nstruct $el->{structname} {\n";
# Figure out the length of the longest variable name
# Used for pretty-printing in the next step
my $l = max(map { length $_->{valname} } values %{$el->{subelements}});
# Output each variable, with pointers for array (multiple) elements
for my $subel (sort { $a->{definename} cmp $b->{definename} } values %{$el->{subelements}}) {
printf " %-${l}s %s%s;\n",
$subel->{valname}, $subel->{multiple}?'*':' ', $subel->{fieldname};
}
print "\n";
# Output a counter variable for each element
# (presence/absence for scalars, item count for arrays)
for my $subel (values %{$el->{subelements}}) {
print " int n_$subel->{fieldname};\n"
}
print "};\n";
}
print "\n";
# Output extern references for ebml_elem_desc structs for each of the elements
# These are defined by generate_c_definitions
for my $el (@global_elem_list) {
next unless $el->{subelements};
print "extern const struct ebml_elem_desc $el->{structname}_desc;\n";
}
print "\n";
# Output the max number of sub-elements a known element might have
printf "#define MAX_EBML_SUBELEMENTS %d\n",
max(map { scalar keys %{$_->{subelements}} }
grep { $_->{subelements} } @global_elem_list);
}
# Generate definitions for libmpdemux/ebml_defs.c
sub generate_c_definitions {
print "/* Generated by TOOLS/matroska.pl, do not edit manually */\n\n";
# ebml_defs.c uses macros declared in ebml.c
for my $el (@global_elem_list) {
print "\n";
if ($el->{subelements}) {
# set N for the next macros
print "#define N $el->{fieldname}\n";
# define a struct ebml_$N_desc and gets ready to define fields
# this secretly opens two scopes; hence the }}; at the end
print "E_S(\"$el->{name}\", ".scalar(keys %{$el->{subelements}}).")\n";
# define a field for each subelement
# also does lots of macro magic, but doesn't open a scope
for my $subel (sort { $a->{definename} cmp $b->{definename} } values %{$el->{subelements}}) {
print "F($subel->{definename}, $subel->{fieldname}, ".
($subel->{multiple}?'1':'0').")\n";
}
# close the struct
print "}};\n";
# unset N since we've used it
print "#undef N\n";
} else {
print "E(\"$el->{name}\", $el->{fieldname}, $el->{ebmltype})\n";
}
}
}
sub repr {
my @ret;
foreach (@_) {
if (/'/) {
s/"/\\"/g;
push @ret, "\"$_\"";
} else {
push @ret, "'$_'";
}
}
return @ret if wantarray;
return pop @ret if defined wantarray;
return;
}
sub process_elem {
my ($elem, $read_bin) = @_;
unless ($opt{full}) {
if ($elem->{name} eq 'Cluster' || $elem->{name} eq 'Cues') {
$elem->skip;
return;
}
}
die unless $elem;
if ($elem->{type} ne 'skip') {
print "$elem->{depth} $elem->{elid} $elem->{name} size: $elem->{content_len} value: ";
}
if ($elem->{type} eq 'sub') {
print "subelements:\n";
while (my $chld = $elem->next_child($read_bin)) {
process_elem($chld);
}
} elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'binary') {
my $t = "<skipped $elem->{content_len} bytes>";
if ($elem->{content_len} < 20) {
$t = unpack "H*", $elem->get_value;
}
print "binary $t\n";
delete $elem->{value};
} elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'ebml_id') {
print "binary $elem->{value}->{elid} (".($elem->{value}->{name}||"UNKNOWN").")\n";
} elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'skip') {
# skip
} elsif ($elem->{type} eq 'str') {
print "string ". repr($elem->get_value) . "\n";
} else {
print "$elem->{type} ". $elem->get_value ."\n";
}
}
-471
View File
@@ -1,471 +0,0 @@
#!/usr/bin/env python3
"""
Generate C definitions for parsing Matroska files.
Can also be used to directly parse Matroska files and display their contents.
"""
#
# This file is part of MPlayer.
#
# MPlayer is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# MPlayer is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
# with MPlayer; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
#
# for compatibility with Python 2.x
from __future__ import print_function
elements_ebml = (
'EBML, 1a45dfa3, sub', (
'EBMLVersion, 4286, uint',
'EBMLReadVersion, 42f7, uint',
'EBMLMaxIDLength, 42f2, uint',
'EBMLMaxSizeLength, 42f3, uint',
'DocType, 4282, str',
'DocTypeVersion, 4287, uint',
'DocTypeReadVersion, 4285, uint',
),
'CRC32, bf, binary',
'Void, ec, binary',
)
elements_matroska = (
'Segment, 18538067, sub', (
'SeekHead*, 114d9b74, sub', (
'Seek*, 4dbb, sub', (
'SeekID, 53ab, ebml_id',
'SeekPosition, 53ac, uint',
),
),
'Info*, 1549a966, sub', (
'SegmentUID, 73a4, binary',
'PrevUID, 3cb923, binary',
'NextUID, 3eb923, binary',
'TimecodeScale, 2ad7b1, uint',
'DateUTC, 4461, sint',
'Title, 7ba9, str',
'MuxingApp, 4d80, str',
'WritingApp, 5741, str',
'Duration, 4489, float',
),
'Cluster*, 1f43b675, sub', (
'Timecode, e7, uint',
'BlockGroup*, a0, sub', (
'Block, a1, binary',
'BlockDuration, 9b, uint',
'ReferenceBlock*, fb, sint',
'DiscardPadding, 75A2, sint',
'BlockAdditions, 75A1, sub', (
'BlockMore*, A6, sub', (
'BlockAddID, EE, uint',
'BlockAdditional, A5, binary',
),
),
),
'SimpleBlock*, a3, binary',
),
'Tracks*, 1654ae6b, sub', (
'TrackEntry*, ae, sub', (
'TrackNumber, d7, uint',
'TrackUID, 73c5, uint',
'TrackType, 83, uint',
'FlagEnabled, b9, uint',
'FlagDefault, 88, uint',
'FlagForced, 55aa, uint',
'FlagLacing, 9c, uint',
'MinCache, 6de7, uint',
'MaxCache, 6df8, uint',
'DefaultDuration, 23e383, uint',
'TrackTimecodeScale, 23314f, float',
'MaxBlockAdditionID, 55ee, uint',
'Name, 536e, str',
'Language, 22b59c, str',
'CodecID, 86, str',
'CodecPrivate, 63a2, binary',
'CodecName, 258688, str',
'CodecDecodeAll, aa, uint',
'CodecDelay, 56aa, uint',
'SeekPreRoll, 56bb, uint',
'Video, e0, sub', (
'FlagInterlaced, 9a, uint',
'PixelWidth, b0, uint',
'PixelHeight, ba, uint',
'DisplayWidth, 54b0, uint',
'DisplayHeight, 54ba, uint',
'DisplayUnit, 54b2, uint',
'FrameRate, 2383e3, float',
'ColourSpace, 2eb524, binary',
'StereoMode, 53b8, uint',
'Colour, 55b0, sub', (
'MatrixCoefficients, 55B1, uint',
'BitsPerChannel, 55B2, uint',
'ChromaSubsamplingHorz, 55B3, uint',
'ChromaSubsamplingVert, 55B4, uint',
'CbSubsamplingHorz, 55B5, uint',
'CbSubsamplingVert, 55B6, uint',
'ChromaSitingHorz, 55B7, uint',
'ChromaSitingVert, 55B8, uint',
'Range, 55B9, uint',
'TransferCharacteristics, 55BA, uint',
'Primaries, 55BB, uint',
'MaxCLL, 55BC, uint',
'MaxFALL, 55BD, uint',
'MasteringMetadata, 55D0, sub', (
'PrimaryRChromaticityX, 55D1, float',
'PrimaryRChromaticityY, 55D2, float',
'PrimaryGChromaticityX, 55D3, float',
'PrimaryGChromaticityY, 55D4, float',
'PrimaryBChromaticityX, 55D5, float',
'PrimaryBChromaticityY, 55D6, float',
'WhitePointChromaticityX, 55D7, float',
'WhitePointChromaticityY, 55D8, float',
'LuminanceMax, 55D9, float',
'LuminanceMin, 55DA, float',
),
),
),
'Audio, e1, sub', (
'SamplingFrequency, b5, float',
'OutputSamplingFrequency, 78b5, float',
'Channels, 9f, uint',
'BitDepth, 6264, uint',
),
'ContentEncodings, 6d80, sub', (
'ContentEncoding*, 6240, sub', (
'ContentEncodingOrder, 5031, uint',
'ContentEncodingScope, 5032, uint',
'ContentEncodingType, 5033, uint',
'ContentCompression, 5034, sub', (
'ContentCompAlgo, 4254, uint',
'ContentCompSettings, 4255, binary',
),
),
),
),
),
'Cues, 1c53bb6b, sub', (
'CuePoint*, bb, sub', (
'CueTime, b3, uint',
'CueTrackPositions*, b7, sub', (
'CueTrack, f7, uint',
'CueClusterPosition, f1, uint',
'CueRelativePosition, f0, uint',
'CueDuration, b2, uint',
),
),
),
'Attachments, 1941a469, sub', (
'AttachedFile*, 61a7, sub', (
'FileDescription, 467e, str',
'FileName, 466e, str',
'FileMimeType, 4660, str',
'FileData, 465c, binary',
'FileUID, 46ae, uint',
),
),
'Chapters, 1043a770, sub', (
'EditionEntry*, 45b9, sub', (
'EditionUID, 45bc, uint',
'EditionFlagHidden, 45bd, uint',
'EditionFlagDefault, 45db, uint',
'EditionFlagOrdered, 45dd, uint',
'ChapterAtom*, b6, sub', (
'ChapterUID, 73c4, uint',
'ChapterTimeStart, 91, uint',
'ChapterTimeEnd, 92, uint',
'ChapterFlagHidden, 98, uint',
'ChapterFlagEnabled, 4598, uint',
'ChapterSegmentUID, 6e67, binary',
'ChapterSegmentEditionUID, 6ebc, uint',
'ChapterDisplay*, 80, sub', (
'ChapString, 85, str',
'ChapLanguage*, 437c, str',
'ChapCountry*, 437e, str',
),
),
),
),
'Tags*, 1254c367, sub', (
'Tag*, 7373, sub', (
'Targets, 63c0, sub', (
'TargetTypeValue, 68ca, uint',
'TargetTrackUID, 63c5, uint',
'TargetEditionUID, 63c9, uint',
'TargetChapterUID, 63c4, uint',
'TargetAttachmentUID, 63c6, uint',
),
'SimpleTag*, 67c8, sub', (
'TagName, 45a3, str',
'TagLanguage, 447a, str',
'TagString, 4487, str'
),
),
),
),
)
import sys
from math import ldexp
from binascii import hexlify
def byte2num(s):
return int(hexlify(s), 16)
class EOF(Exception): pass
def camelcase_to_words(name):
parts = []
start = 0
for i in range(1, len(name)):
if name[i].isupper() and (name[i-1].islower() or
name[i+1:i+2].islower()):
parts.append(name[start:i])
start = i
parts.append(name[start:])
return '_'.join(parts).lower()
class MatroskaElement(object):
def __init__(self, name, elid, valtype, namespace):
self.name = name
self.definename = '{0}_ID_{1}'.format(namespace, name.upper())
self.fieldname = camelcase_to_words(name)
self.structname = 'ebml_' + self.fieldname
self.elid = elid
self.valtype = valtype
if valtype == 'sub':
self.ebmltype = 'EBML_TYPE_SUBELEMENTS'
self.valname = 'struct ' + self.structname
else:
self.ebmltype = 'EBML_TYPE_' + valtype.upper()
try:
self.valname = {'uint': 'uint64_t', 'str': 'char *',
'binary': 'bstr', 'ebml_id': 'uint32_t',
'float': 'double', 'sint': 'int64_t',
}[valtype]
except KeyError:
raise SyntaxError('Unrecognized value type ' + valtype)
self.subelements = ()
def add_subelements(self, subelements):
self.subelements = subelements
self.subids = set(x[0].elid for x in subelements)
elementd = {}
elementlist = []
def parse_elems(l, namespace):
subelements = []
for el in l:
if isinstance(el, str):
name, hexid, eltype = [x.strip() for x in el.split(',')]
hexid = hexid.lower()
multiple = name.endswith('*')
name = name.strip('*')
new = MatroskaElement(name, hexid, eltype, namespace)
elementd[hexid] = new
elementlist.append(new)
subelements.append((new, multiple))
else:
new.add_subelements(parse_elems(el, namespace))
return subelements
parse_elems(elements_ebml, 'EBML')
parse_elems(elements_matroska, 'MATROSKA')
def printf(out, *args):
out.write(u' '.join([str(x) for x in args]))
out.write(u'\n')
def generate_C_header(out):
printf(out, '// Generated by TOOLS/matroska.py, do not edit manually')
printf(out)
for el in elementlist:
printf(out, '#define {0.definename:40} 0x{0.elid}'.format(el))
printf(out)
for el in reversed(elementlist):
if not el.subelements:
continue
printf(out)
printf(out, 'struct {0.structname} {{'.format(el))
l = max(len(subel.valname) for subel, multiple in el.subelements)+1
for subel, multiple in el.subelements:
printf(out, ' {e.valname:{l}} {star}{e.fieldname};'.format(
e=subel, l=l, star=' *'[multiple]))
printf(out)
for subel, multiple in el.subelements:
printf(out, ' int n_{0.fieldname};'.format(subel))
printf(out, '};')
for el in elementlist:
if not el.subelements:
continue
printf(out, 'extern const struct ebml_elem_desc {0.structname}_desc;'.format(el))
printf(out)
printf(out, '#define MAX_EBML_SUBELEMENTS', max(len(el.subelements)
for el in elementlist))
def generate_C_definitions(out):
printf(out, '// Generated by TOOLS/matroska.py, do not edit manually')
printf(out)
for el in reversed(elementlist):
printf(out)
if el.subelements:
printf(out, '#define N', el.fieldname)
printf(out, 'E_S("{0}", {1})'.format(el.name, len(el.subelements)))
for subel, multiple in el.subelements:
printf(out, 'F({0.definename}, {0.fieldname}, {1})'.format(
subel, int(multiple)))
printf(out, '}};')
printf(out, '#undef N')
else:
printf(out, 'E("{0.name}", {0.fieldname}, {0.ebmltype})'.format(el))
def read(s, length):
t = s.read(length)
if len(t) != length:
raise EOF
return t
def read_id(s):
t = read(s, 1)
i = 0
mask = 128
if ord(t) == 0:
raise SyntaxError
while not ord(t) & mask:
i += 1
mask >>= 1
t += read(s, i)
return t
def read_vint(s):
t = read(s, 1)
i = 0
mask = 128
if ord(t) == 0:
raise SyntaxError
while not ord(t) & mask:
i += 1
mask >>= 1
t = bytes((ord(t) & (mask - 1),))
t += read(s, i)
return i+1, byte2num(t)
def read_str(s, length):
return read(s, length)
def read_uint(s, length):
t = read(s, length)
return byte2num(t)
def read_sint(s, length):
i = read_uint(s, length)
mask = 1 << (length * 8 - 1)
if i & mask:
i -= 2 * mask
return i
def read_float(s, length):
t = read(s, length)
i = byte2num(t)
if length == 4:
f = ldexp((i & 0x7fffff) + (1 << 23), (i >> 23 & 0xff) - 150)
if i & (1 << 31):
f = -f
elif length == 8:
f = ldexp((i & ((1 << 52) - 1)) + (1 << 52), (i >> 52 & 0x7ff) - 1075)
if i & (1 << 63):
f = -f
else:
raise SyntaxError
return f
def parse_one(s, depth, parent, maxlen):
elid = hexlify(read_id(s)).decode('ascii')
elem = elementd.get(elid)
size, length = read_vint(s)
this_length = len(elid) / 2 + size + length
if elem is not None:
if elem.valtype != 'skip':
print(" " * depth, '[' + elid + ']', elem.name, 'size:', length, 'value:', end=' ')
if elem.valtype == 'sub':
print('subelements:')
while length > 0:
length -= parse_one(s, depth + 1, elem, length)
if length < 0:
raise SyntaxError
elif elem.valtype == 'str':
print('string', repr(read_str(s, length).decode('utf8', 'replace')))
elif elem.valtype in ('binary', 'ebml_id'):
t = read_str(s, length)
dec = ''
if elem.valtype == 'ebml_id':
idelem = elementd.get(hexlify(t).decode('ascii'))
if idelem is None:
dec = '(UNKNOWN)'
else:
dec = '({0.name})'.format(idelem)
if len(t) < 20:
t = hexlify(t).decode('ascii')
else:
t = '<{0} bytes>'.format(len(t))
print('binary', t, dec)
elif elem.valtype == 'uint':
print('uint', read_uint(s, length))
elif elem.valtype == 'sint':
print('sint', read_sint(s, length))
elif elem.valtype == 'float':
print('float', read_float(s, length))
elif elem.valtype == 'skip':
read(s, length)
else:
raise NotImplementedError
else:
print(" " * depth, '[' + elid + '] Unknown element! size:', length)
read(s, length)
return this_length
if __name__ == "__main__":
def parse_toplevel(s):
parse_one(s, 0, None, 1 << 63)
if sys.argv[1] == '--generate-header':
generate_C_header(sys.stdout)
elif sys.argv[1] == '--generate-definitions':
generate_C_definitions(sys.stdout)
else:
if sys.version_info.major < 3:
raise Exception("Dumping requires Python 3.")
s = open(sys.argv[1], "rb")
while 1:
start = s.tell()
try:
parse_toplevel(s)
except EOF:
if s.tell() != start:
raise Exception("Unexpected end of file")
break
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
StartChar: .notdef
Encoding: 65536 -1 0
Width: 400
Flags: W
LayerCount: 2
EndChar
-77
View File
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
SplineFontDB: 3.0
FontName: mpv-osd-symbols-Regular
FullName: mpv-osd-symbols Regular
FamilyName: mpv-osd-symbols
Weight: Normal
Copyright: This is generated file.
Version: 001.000
ItalicAngle: 0
UnderlinePosition: -133
UnderlineWidth: 50
Ascent: 800
Descent: 200
InvalidEm: 0
sfntRevision: 0x00010000
LayerCount: 2
Layer: 0 0 "Back" 1
Layer: 1 0 "Fore" 0
XUID: [1021 879 -1597228462 15927]
StyleMap: 0x0040
FSType: 8
OS2Version: 3
OS2_WeightWidthSlopeOnly: 0
OS2_UseTypoMetrics: 0
CreationTime: 1408646554
ModificationTime: 1492879730
PfmFamily: 81
TTFWeight: 400
TTFWidth: 5
LineGap: 0
VLineGap: 0
Panose: 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
OS2TypoAscent: 800
OS2TypoAOffset: 0
OS2TypoDescent: -200
OS2TypoDOffset: 0
OS2TypoLinegap: 90
OS2WinAscent: 1000
OS2WinAOffset: 0
OS2WinDescent: 200
OS2WinDOffset: 0
HheadAscent: 1000
HheadAOffset: 0
HheadDescent: -200
HheadDOffset: 0
OS2SubXSize: 650
OS2SubYSize: 600
OS2SubXOff: 0
OS2SubYOff: 75
OS2SupXSize: 650
OS2SupYSize: 600
OS2SupXOff: 0
OS2SupYOff: 350
OS2StrikeYSize: 50
OS2StrikeYPos: 220
OS2Vendor: 'PfEd'
OS2CodePages: 00000001.00000000
OS2UnicodeRanges: 00000000.00000000.00000000.00000000
DEI: 91125
LangName: 1033 "" "" "Regular" "1.000;PfEd;mpv-osd-symbols-Regular" "mpv-osd-symbols" "Version 1.000;PS 001.000;hotconv 1.0.70;makeotf.lib2.5.58329"
Encoding: UnicodeBmp
UnicodeInterp: none
NameList: AGL For New Fonts
DisplaySize: -72
AntiAlias: 1
FitToEm: 0
WinInfo: 57600 8 2
BeginPrivate: 8
BlueValues 31 [-10 0 640 650 720 730 800 810]
BlueScale 5 0.037
BlueShift 1 0
BlueFuzz 1 0
StdHW 4 [65]
StdVW 4 [65]
StemSnapH 8 [65 800]
StemSnapV 8 [65 150]
EndPrivate
EndSplineFont
-16
View File
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE001
Encoding: 57345 57345 1
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 780 20G<200 200>
VStem: 200 375<400 400 400 800>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
575 400 m 1
200 0 l 1
200 800 l 1
575 400 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-22
View File
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE002
Encoding: 57346 57346 2
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 0 800<200 350 200 350 200 500 500 650>
VStem: 200 150<0 800 0 800> 500 150<0 800 0 800>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
350 800 m 1
350 0 l 1
200 0 l 1
200 800 l 1
350 800 l 1
650 800 m 1
650 0 l 1
500 0 l 1
500 800 l 1
650 800 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-17
View File
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE003
Encoding: 57347 57347 3
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 0 720<110 775 110 775>
VStem: 110 665<0 720 0 720>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
775 720 m 1
775 0 l 1
110 0 l 1
110 720 l 1
775 720 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-20
View File
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE004
Encoding: 57348 57348 4
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 780 20G<423 423 813 813>
VStem: 48 765<400 400>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
423 800 m 1
423 0 l 1
48 400 l 1
423 800 l 1
813 800 m 1
813 0 l 1
438 400 l 1
813 800 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-20
View File
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE005
Encoding: 57349 57349 5
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 780 20G<95 95 485 485>
VStem: 95 765<400 400 400 800 400 800>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
470 400 m 1
95 0 l 1
95 800 l 1
470 400 l 1
860 400 m 1
485 0 l 1
485 800 l 1
860 400 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-47
View File
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE006
Encoding: 57350 57350 6
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: -10 11<396 461 396 543> 196 171<397 461 396 462> 401 31 801 9<397 462 397 397>
VStem: 20 9<369 434 369 513> 224 173<369 408 367 434 367 434> 363 34 397 65<367 404 367 408 367 404 606 801> 462 173<368 404 404 404> 830 10<368 433 433 433>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
430 810 m 0x9940
656 810 840 626 840 400 c 0
840 174 656 -10 430 -10 c 0
204 -10 20 174 20 400 c 0
20 626 204 810 430 810 c 0x9940
397 606 m 1x5280
462 606 l 1
462 801 l 1
397 801 l 1
397 606 l 1x5280
462 367 m 1
462 404 l 1
710 627 l 1
683 657 l 1
439 437 l 1
363 592 l 1
318 570 l 1x4280
397 408 l 1
397 367 l 1x44
462 367 l 1
224 434 m 1
29 434 l 1
29 369 l 1
224 369 l 1
224 434 l 1
830 368 m 1
830 433 l 1
635 433 l 1
635 368 l 1
830 368 l 1
461 196 m 1
396 196 l 1
396 1 l 1
461 1 l 1
461 196 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-21
View File
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE007
Encoding: 57351 57351 7
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: -10 80<339 430 339 543> 730 80<339 430>
VStem: 20 80<309 491 309 513>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
430 -10 m 0
204 -10 20 174 20 400 c 0
20 626 204 810 430 810 c 0
656 810 840 626 840 400 c 0
840 174 656 -10 430 -10 c 0
430 70 m 1
430 730 l 1
248 730 100 582 100 400 c 0
100 218 248 70 430 70 c 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-37
View File
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE008
Encoding: 57352 57352 8
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: -10 80<339 521 339 543> 240 160<269 313 546 590> 480 160<408 452> 730 80<339 521>
VStem: 20 80<309 491 309 513> 211 160<298 342> 350 160<538 582> 488 160<298 342> 760 80<309 491>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
430 -10 m 0xfa80
204 -10 20 174 20 400 c 0
20 626 204 810 430 810 c 0
656 810 840 626 840 400 c 0
840 174 656 -10 430 -10 c 0xfa80
430 70 m 0
612 70 760 218 760 400 c 0
760 582 612 730 430 730 c 0
248 730 100 582 100 400 c 0
100 218 248 70 430 70 c 0
430 480 m 0
386 480 350 516 350 560 c 0
350 604 386 640 430 640 c 0
474 640 510 604 510 560 c 0
510 516 474 480 430 480 c 0
291 240 m 0xfd80
247 240 211 276 211 320 c 0
211 364 247 400 291 400 c 0
335 400 371 364 371 320 c 0
371 276 335 240 291 240 c 0xfd80
568 240 m 0
524 240 488 276 488 320 c 0
488 364 524 400 568 400 c 0
612 400 648 364 648 320 c 0
648 276 612 240 568 240 c 0
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-17
View File
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE009
Encoding: 57353 57353 9
Width: 880
Flags: HMW
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
716 10 m 1
378 244 l 1
165 244 l 1
165 559 l 1
379 559 l 1
716 793 l 1
716 10 l 1
EndSplineSet
Validated: 1
EndChar
-50
View File
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE00A
Encoding: 57354 57354 10
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 252 48<406 406 456 456> 375 50<57 282 57 282 578 805> 500 48<406 406> 627 20G<149 149 713 713>
VStem: 282 48<375 375 425 425> 406 50<26 252 26 252 548 774> 530 48<375 375>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
805 375 m 1
578 375 l 1
574 352 565 331 553 313 c 1
713 153 l 1
678 118 l 1
518 278 l 1
500 265 479 256 456 252 c 1
456 26 l 1
406 26 l 1
406 252 l 1
383 256 362 265 343 277 c 1
184 118 l 1
149 153 l 1
308 312 l 1
295 330 286 352 282 375 c 1
57 375 l 1
57 425 l 1
282 425 l 1
286 448 295 470 308 488 c 1
149 647 l 1
184 682 l 1
343 523 l 1
362 535 383 544 406 548 c 1
406 774 l 1
456 774 l 1
456 548 l 1
479 544 500 535 518 522 c 1
678 682 l 1
713 647 l 1
553 487 l 1
565 469 574 448 578 425 c 1
805 425 l 1
805 375 l 1
430 300 m 0
485 300 530 345 530 400 c 0
530 455 485 500 430 500 c 0
375 500 330 455 330 400 c 0
330 345 375 300 430 300 c 0
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-27
View File
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE00B
Encoding: 57355 57355 11
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: -10 244<341 519 341 543> 566 54<413.5 446.5 413.5 519> 740 70<413.5 446.5>
VStem: 20 88<354 446 354 513> 752 88<354 446>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
430 -10 m 0
204 -10 20 174 20 400 c 0
20 626 204 810 430 810 c 0
656 810 840 626 840 400 c 0
840 174 656 -10 430 -10 c 0
430 620 m 0
463 620 490 647 490 680 c 0
490 713 463 740 430 740 c 0
397 740 370 713 370 680 c 0
370 647 397 620 430 620 c 0
430 234 m 0
608 234 752 308 752 400 c 0
752 492 608 566 430 566 c 0
252 566 108 492 108 400 c 0
108 308 252 234 430 234 c 0
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-21
View File
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE010
Encoding: 57360 57360 12
Width: 334
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 0 90<221 258 221 258> 550 90<221 258 221 221>
VStem: 76 145<90 550 90 640 90 640>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
258 640 m 1
258 550 l 1
221 550 l 1
221 90 l 1
258 90 l 1
258 0 l 1
76 0 l 1
76 640 l 1
258 640 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-17
View File
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE011
Encoding: 57361 57361 13
Width: 334
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 0 640<84 250 84 250>
VStem: 84 166<0 640 0 640>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
250 640 m 1
250 0 l 1
84 0 l 1
84 640 l 1
250 640 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-21
View File
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE012
Encoding: 57362 57362 14
Width: 334
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 0 90<76 113 76 258 76 113> 550 90<76 113 76 258>
VStem: 113 145<90 550 550 550>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
113 90 m 1
113 550 l 1
76 550 l 1
76 640 l 1
258 640 l 1
258 0 l 1
76 0 l 1
76 90 l 1
113 90 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-17
View File
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE013
Encoding: 57363 57363 15
Width: 334
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 255 130<102 232 102 232>
VStem: 102 130<255 385 255 385>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
232 385 m 1
232 255 l 1
102 255 l 1
102 385 l 1
232 385 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-16
View File
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE101
Encoding: 57601 57601 16
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 780 20G<222 222>
VStem: 222 600<400 400 400 800 400 800>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
822 400 m 1
222 0 l 1
222 800 l 1
822 400 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-25
View File
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE104
Encoding: 57604 57604 17
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 0 800<3 126 3 126 3 502 3 878> 780 20G<3 126 126 126 502 502 878 878>
VStem: 3 123<0 800 0 800>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
126 800 m 1x60
126 0 l 1
3 0 l 1xa0
3 800 l 1
126 800 l 1x60
502 800 m 1
502 0 l 1
127 400 l 1
502 800 l 1
878 800 m 1
878 0 l 1
503 400 l 1
878 800 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-25
View File
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE105
Encoding: 57605 57605 18
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 0 800<3 3 3 379 3 755 755 878> 780 20G<3 3 379 379 755 878 878 878>
VStem: 755 123<0 800>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
3 0 m 1x60
3 800 l 1
378 400 l 1
3 0 l 1x60
379 0 m 1xa0
379 800 l 1
754 400 l 1
379 0 l 1xa0
878 0 m 1
755 0 l 1
755 800 l 1
878 800 l 1
878 0 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-22
View File
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE106
Encoding: 57606 57606 19
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 0 649<68.5 556.5>
VStem: 0 880
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
880 380 m 0
880 230 685 101 449 101 c 0
390 101 336 107 283 118 c 1
278 49 189 0 85 0 c 0
52 0 24 14 0 40 c 1
82 48 137 93 137 158 c 0
137 163 137 168 135 172 c 0
58 217 19 273 19 380 c 0
19 528 258 649 449 649 c 0
664 649 880 508 880 380 c 0
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-56
View File
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE107
Encoding: 57607 57607 20
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 0 60<0 60 60 820> 106 50<146 343 146 343 146 390 390 641 680 735> 207 50<99 317 99 317 99 363 363 488 529 781> 580 60<60 820 60 820>
VStem: 0 60<60 580> 99 218<207 257 207 257> 146 197<106 156 106 156> 363 125<207 257 207 257> 529 112<106 257 106 257> 680 55<106 156 106 156> 820 60<0 60 60 580>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
0 60 m 2xfde0
0 580 l 2
0 610 30 640 60 640 c 2
820 640 l 2
850 640 880 610 880 580 c 2
880 60 l 2
880 30 850 0 820 0 c 2
60 0 l 2
30 0 0 30 0 60 c 2xfde0
60 60 m 1
820 60 l 1
820 580 l 1
60 580 l 1
60 60 l 1
317 257 m 1
317 207 l 1
99 207 l 1
99 257 l 1
317 257 l 1
488 257 m 1
488 207 l 1
363 207 l 1
363 257 l 1
488 257 l 1
781 257 m 1
781 207 l 1
529 207 l 1
529 257 l 1
781 257 l 1
343 156 m 1x4280
343 106 l 1
146 106 l 1
146 156 l 1
343 156 l 1x4280
641 156 m 1
641 106 l 1
390 106 l 1
390 156 l 1x41c0
641 156 l 1
735 156 m 1
735 106 l 1
680 106 l 1
680 156 l 1
735 156 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-39
View File
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE108
Encoding: 57608 57608 21
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 80 60<0 60 60 820> 321 159<274 606 274 606> 660 60<60 820 60 820>
VStem: 0 60<140 660> 274 332<321 480 321 480> 820 60<80 140 140 660>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
0 140 m 2
0 660 l 2
0 690 30 720 60 720 c 2
820 720 l 2
850 720 880 690 880 660 c 2
880 140 l 2
880 110 850 80 820 80 c 2
60 80 l 2
30 80 0 110 0 140 c 2
60 140 m 1
820 140 l 1
820 660 l 1
60 660 l 1
60 140 l 1
580 600 m 1
760 600 l 1
760 420 l 1
580 600 l 1
606 480 m 1
606 321 l 1
274 321 l 1
274 480 l 1
606 480 l 1
300 200 m 1
120 200 l 1
120 380 l 1
300 200 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-39
View File
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE109
Encoding: 57609 57609 22
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 80 60<0 60 60 820> 296 209<285 595 285 595> 660 60<60 820 60 820>
VStem: 0 60<140 660> 120 107<400 400 400 510> 285 310<296 505 296 505> 653 107<400 400> 820 60<80 140 140 660>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
0 140 m 2
0 660 l 2
0 690 30 720 60 720 c 2
820 720 l 2
850 720 880 690 880 660 c 2
880 140 l 2
880 110 850 80 820 80 c 2
60 80 l 2
30 80 0 110 0 140 c 2
60 140 m 1
820 140 l 1
820 660 l 1
60 660 l 1
60 140 l 1
227 400 m 1
120 290 l 1
120 510 l 1
227 400 l 1
760 290 m 1
653 400 l 1
760 510 l 1
760 290 l 1
595 505 m 1
595 296 l 1
285 296 l 1
285 505 l 1
595 505 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-36
View File
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE10A
Encoding: 57610 57610 23
Width: 1977
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: HMWO
HStem: 242 248<2 155 2 156>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
398 58 m 1
155 242 l 1
2 242 l 1
2 490 l 1
156 490 l 1
398 674 l 1
398 58 l 1
809 524 m 0
814 524 819 523 823 519 c 0
831 511 831 499 823 491 c 2
697 365 l 1
823 239 l 2
830 232 830 221 823 213 c 0
816 206 804 206 797 213 c 2
671 339 l 1
545 213 l 2
538 206 525 206 518 213 c 0
510 221 510 233 518 241 c 2
643 367 l 1
517 493 l 2
510 500 510 511 517 519 c 0
525 526 536 526 544 519 c 2
670 393 l 1
796 519 l 2
799 523 804 524 809 524 c 0
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-26
View File
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE10B
Encoding: 57611 57611 24
Width: 1977
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 242 248<2 155 2 156>
VStem: 603 47<326.5 405>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
650 366 m 0
650 281 615 198 545 119 c 1
507 142 l 1
571 213 603 287 603 366 c 0
603 444 571 518 507 590 c 1
545 613 l 1
615 534 650 452 650 366 c 0
398 58 m 1
155 242 l 1
2 242 l 1
2 490 l 1
156 490 l 1
398 674 l 1
398 58 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-33
View File
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE10C
Encoding: 57612 57612 25
Width: 1977
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 242 248<2 155 2 156>
VStem: 603 47<326.5 405> 717 47<316.5 416>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
764 366 m 0
764 258 720 156 631 61 c 1
593 84 l 1
675 173 717 267 717 366 c 0
717 466 675 559 593 647 c 1
631 671 l 1
720 578 764 476 764 366 c 0
650 366 m 0
650 281 615 198 545 119 c 1
507 142 l 1
571 213 603 287 603 366 c 0
603 444 571 518 507 590 c 1
545 613 l 1
615 534 650 452 650 366 c 0
398 58 m 1
155 242 l 1
2 242 l 1
2 490 l 1
156 490 l 1
398 674 l 1
398 58 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-40
View File
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE10D
Encoding: 57613 57613 26
Width: 1977
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 242 248<2 155 2 156> 709 20G<717 717>
VStem: 603 47<326.5 405> 717 47<316.5 416> 830 47<304 426.5>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
877 366 m 0
877 236 824 115 717 3 c 1
679 27 l 1
780 130 830 242 830 366 c 0
830 487 780 600 679 705 c 1
717 729 l 1
824 617 877 496 877 366 c 0
764 366 m 0
764 258 720 156 631 61 c 1
593 84 l 1
675 173 717 267 717 366 c 0
717 466 675 559 593 647 c 1
631 671 l 1
720 578 764 476 764 366 c 0
650 366 m 0
650 281 615 198 545 119 c 1
507 142 l 1
571 213 603 287 603 366 c 0
603 444 571 518 507 590 c 1
545 613 l 1
615 534 650 452 650 366 c 0
398 58 m 1
155 242 l 1
2 242 l 1
2 490 l 1
156 490 l 1
398 674 l 1
398 58 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
Loaded 100 of 690 files, more files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff. Show more